{"title":"Premium Equipment","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePremium Equipment for Reef Aquariums\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e Discover our selection of \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-end equipment\u003c\/strong\u003e for reef aquariums. Premium brand products offering exceptional performance and superior quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003e Premium Equipment Available\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eRecognized brands\u003c\/strong\u003e - Equipment from industry leaders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eProfessional quality\u003c\/strong\u003e - Guaranteed performance and reliability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eAdvanced technologies\u003c\/strong\u003e - Innovation and maximum efficiency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eTechnical support\u003c\/strong\u003e - Comprehensive assistance and guarantees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003e Why Choose Premium Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e High-end equipment offers \u003cstrong\u003esuperior performance\u003c\/strong\u003e , exceptional durability, advanced features, and top-quality technical support. A smart investment for the long-term success of your reef aquarium.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003e Availability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e Contact us to find out about the availability and prices of these premium products. Our team will advise you on the best solutions for your reef project.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e Delivery available throughout Canada. \u003cstrong\u003eFree delivery available depending on the order amount.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"vortech-battery-back-up","title":"VorTech Battery Back-up","description":"For use with EcoTech Marine VorTech pump. Provides Backup power for 30 or more hours on a VorTech Pump. Two Battery Backups can be connect for double run time. Includes with trickle charger for increased battery life. Includes all cables. Dimensions (L x W x H): 9\\\"\\\"\" x 7\\\"\"\\\"\" x 3.25\\\"\"\\\"\"\"","brand":"Ecotech Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":38010179846315,"sku":"689076819503","price":304.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/backup_body2__06801.jpg?v=1708201873"},{"product_id":"radion-xr30w-hanging-kit","title":"Radion LED Hanging Kit — 6 ft Ceiling Suspension Cables XR15 XR30 G3-G6 - EcoTech Marine","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eEcoTech Marine Radion LED Hanging Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e contains everything needed to suspend a single Radion light fixture from the ceiling above your aquarium. Compatible with all generations and models of Radion XR15 and XR30 (G3 to G6, Blue and Pro), this kit offers a clean, minimalist installation with 6-foot (60-inch) corrosion-resistant stainless steel cables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKit Contents\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x Stainless steel suspension cables — 6 feet (60 in \/ 152 cm) each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x Ceiling mounts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete corrosion-resistant mounting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cables attach directly to the integrated mounting eyelets on your Radion. Secure the ceiling mounts directly above your aquarium, attach the cables, and adjust the height by shortening the cables as needed. The recommended height is approximately 8 inches (20 cm) above the edge of the aquarium for optimal PAR.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen to choose hanging over the RMS mount?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCeiling suspension is ideal when you cannot or do not wish to attach an arm to the edge of the aquarium — recessed aquariums, cabinets with canopies, or simply for a clean, uncluttered look. It also allows for easy height adjustment of the light fixture to modify PAR coverage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight fixtures:\u003c\/strong\u003e All Radion XR15 and XR30 (G3, G4, G5, G6 — Blue and Pro)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCable length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 feet (60 in \/ 152 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThis kit is for a single light fixture.\u003c\/strong\u003e To hang a Multi-Light rail with multiple fixtures, use the RMS Hanging Kit (XR717), which is a different product.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthorized EcoTech Marine retailer in Canada. Complementary products available: EcoTech Marine Radion XR30 Blue G6 — 215W actinic spectrum reef LED, EcoTech Marine Radion XR15 PRO G6 — 95W full spectrum compact reef LED, EcoTech Marine Radion RMS Single Mount XR30 — Aquarium edge mounting alternative. Shipping across Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Radion LED Hanging Kit compatible with Radion G6?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This kit is compatible with all generations of Radion XR15 and XR30, including G6 Blue and Pro. The mounting eyelets have been the same since G3.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I hang two Radions with this kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, this kit is designed for a single light fixture. To hang multiple fixtures, you can either purchase a second kit, or use the Multi-Light RMS system with the RMS Hanging Kit (XR717) and a rail to hang multiple fixtures from a single support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre the 6-foot cables sufficient for a high ceiling?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cables measure 60 inches (152 cm). If your ceiling is more than 6 feet above your aquarium, the cables might be too short. Measure the distance between your ceiling and the desired height of the light fixture (approximately 8 inches above the edge of the aquarium) before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Ecotech Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":38010652328107,"sku":"XR655","price":113.95,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/ecotech-marine-xr655-radion-premium-hanging-kit.jpg?v=1775331476"},{"product_id":"ecotech-glue-replacement-caps-295-ml","title":"Ecotech GLUE REPLACEMENT CAPS (295 ML)","description":"\u003cp\u003eEcotech GLUE REPLACEMENT CAPS (295 ML)\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Ecotech Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":38010712424619,"sku":"BA000029162","price":24.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/products\/29162_2283b3b6-5f4c-4a94-93b7-22fbd062b3eb.jpg?v=1611571335"},{"product_id":"ecotech-marine-radion-mounting-system-xr30","title":"Radion RMS Single Arm XR30 — Aquarium Mount Aluminum G3-G6 - EcoTech Marine","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eEcoTech Marine Radion RMS XR30\u003c\/strong\u003e is the single arm mounting system designed to install a Radion XR30 light fixture directly to the rim of your aquarium. Compatible with all generations of Radion XR30 (G3 to G6), the RMS offers an elegant, sturdy, and adjustable black anodized aluminum mounting solution—without the need to hang your light from the ceiling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg style=\"max-width: 100%; height: auto; margin: 15px 0;\" alt=\"EcoTech Radion RMS Single Arm rimless aquarium mount illustration\" src=\"https:\/\/ecotechmarine.com\/wp-content\/uploads\/2022\/04\/Single-Arm-Mounting.webp\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll-generation compatible:\u003c\/strong\u003e Works with Radion XR30 G3, G4, G5, and G6 (Blue and Pro)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard and rimless aquariums:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjustable clamp fits rims up to 1-3\/8 in (3.5 cm) thick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRotatable X-bracket:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pivots left and right for parallel or perpendicular mounting to the aquarium rim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSliding rails:\u003c\/strong\u003e Multiple rail lengths included for aquariums 12 to 20 in (30.5 to 51 cm) front to back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated cable management:\u003c\/strong\u003e Grooves in the aluminum to conceal power cords\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting height:\u003c\/strong\u003e Positions the Radion approximately 8 in (20 cm) above the aquarium rim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnodized aluminum construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rigid, lightweight, does not flex under the weight of the XR30 fixture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax rim thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-3\/8 in (3.5 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClamp dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.5 x 3.25 x 3 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRequired clearance above RMS:\u003c\/strong\u003e 13 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupported aquarium depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 to 20 in (30.5 to 51 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black anodized aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Radion XR30 G3, G4, G5, G6 (all versions)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e This mount is designed exclusively for Radion XR30s. For Radion XR15s, use the RMS Single Arm XR15, which is a separate model. XR15 and XR30 mounts are not interchangeable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKit Contents\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Anodized aluminum RMS mounting arm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Rotatable X-bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Adjustable mounting clamp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultiple sliding rails for various aquarium depths\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete mounting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRMS Single Arm vs Multi-Light RMS — When to choose which?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe RMS Single Arm is ideal for mounting a single Radion XR30 on an aquarium. If you need two or more fixtures side by side, the Multi-Light RMS system with rail, arms, and sliding mounts is recommended. The Multi-Light RMS offers precise positioning of each fixture on a shared rail and also works on euro-braced aquariums, unlike the Single Arm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthorized EcoTech Marine dealer in Canada with technical support in French. Complementary products available: EcoTech Marine Radion XR30 Blue G6 — 215W actinic spectrum reef LED, EcoTech Marine Radion XR30 PRO G6 — 215W full spectrum reef LED, EcoTech Marine Radion G5 Diffuser XR30 — Magnetic diffuser for improved color blending, Radion RMS Adaptor Kit XR30 G5\/G6 — Adaptor kit for Multi-Light Rail system. Shipping across Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the RMS XR30 compatible with the Radion XR30 G6?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The RMS XR30 is backward compatible with all generations of Radion XR30, including G6 Blue and Pro. No additional adapter is required for Single Arm mounting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the RMS XR30 work on a rimless aquarium?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The adjustable clamp is designed for standard and rimless aquariums with a rim or glass up to 1-3\/8 in (3.5 cm) thick. It is not compatible with euro-braced aquariums—for those, use the Multi-Light RMS system with rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use the RMS XR30 with a Radion XR15?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The RMS XR30 is designed exclusively for Radion XR30s. The X-bracket and rails are not compatible with the smaller Radion XR15. For XR15s, use the EcoTech Marine Radion RMS Single Mount XR15.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Ecotech Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":38010866663595,"sku":"XR719-30","price":198.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/xr30mount__40605.jpg?v=1775174325"},{"product_id":"ecotech-marine-radion-mounting-system-xr15","title":"Radion RMS Single Arm XR15 — Aquarium Mount Aluminum G3-G6 - EcoTech Marine","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eEcoTech Marine Radion RMS XR15\u003c\/strong\u003e is the single-arm mounting system designed to install a Radion XR15 light fixture directly on the rim of your aquarium. Compatible with all generations of Radion XR15 (G3 to G6), the RMS offers an elegant, solid, and adjustable black anodized aluminum mounting solution — without the need to hang your fixture from the ceiling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg style=\"max-width: 100%; height: auto; margin: 15px 0;\" alt=\"EcoTech Radion RMS Single Arm rimless aquarium mount illustration\" src=\"https:\/\/ecotechmarine.com\/wp-content\/uploads\/2022\/04\/Single-Arm-Mounting.webp\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll-generation compatible:\u003c\/strong\u003e Works with Radion XR15 G3, G4, G5, and G6 (Blue and Pro)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard and rimless aquariums:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjustable clamp fits rims up to 1-3\/8 in (3.5 cm) thick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRotatable X-bracket:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pivots left and right for parallel or perpendicular mounting to the aquarium rim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSliding rails:\u003c\/strong\u003e Multiple rail lengths included for aquariums 12 to 28 in (30.5 to 71 cm) front to back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated cable management:\u003c\/strong\u003e Grooves in the aluminum to hide power cords\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting height:\u003c\/strong\u003e Positions the Radion approximately 8 in (20 cm) above the aquarium rim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnodized aluminum construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rigid, lightweight, will not flex under the weight of the fixture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax rim thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-3\/8 in (3.5 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClamp dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.5 x 3.25 x 3 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRequired clearance above RMS:\u003c\/strong\u003e 13 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupported aquarium depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 to 28 in (30.5 to 71 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black anodized aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Radion XR15 G3, G4, G5, G6 (all versions)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e This mount is designed exclusively for Radion XR15. For Radion XR30, use the RMS Single Arm XR30 which is a separate model. XR15 and XR30 mounts are not interchangeable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKit Contents\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x RMS aluminum anodized mounting arm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Rotatable X-bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Adjustable mounting clamp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultiple sliding rails for various aquarium depths\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete mounting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthorized EcoTech Marine retailer in Canada with French technical support. Complementary products available: EcoTech Marine Radion XR15 Blue G6 — compact 95W actinic spectrum reef LED, EcoTech Marine Radion XR15 PRO G6 — compact 95W full spectrum reef LED, EcoTech Marine Radion G5 Diffuser XR15 — magnetic diffuser for improved color blending, Radion RMS Adapter Kit XR15 G5\/G6 — adapter kit for Multi-Light Rail system. Shipping across Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the RMS XR15 compatible with the Radion XR15 G6?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The RMS XR15 is backward compatible with all generations of Radion XR15, including the G6 Blue and Pro. No additional adapters are required for the Single Arm mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the RMS XR15 work on a rimless aquarium?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The adjustable clamp is designed for standard and rimless aquariums with a rim or glass up to 1-3\/8 in (3.5 cm) thick. It is not compatible with euro-braced aquariums — for these, use the Multi-Light RMS system with rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use the RMS XR15 with a Radion XR30?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The RMS XR15 is designed exclusively for Radion XR15. The X-bracket and rails are not compatible with the wider Radion XR30. For XR30s, use the EcoTech Marine Radion RMS Single Mount XR30.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Ecotech Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":38010866696363,"sku":"XR719-15","price":184.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/ETM1201-EcoTech-Marine-Radion-XR15-RMS-Tank-Mount__49792.1643145795-750x750.jpg?v=1775173897"},{"product_id":"ecotech-marine-vortech-mp10wqd-quietdrive-wireless","title":"Ecotech Marine Vortech MP10wQD Quietdrive wireless","description":"New and better in every way! Proudly bringing the cutting edge of technical innovation to the award winning Vortech pump line.\n\nQuietdrive will redefine what's possible in an aquarium circulation pump.\n\nAll new driver included.\n6+ available continuous modes\nWave Auto Tune, Feed Mode and Night Mode\n90% Less motor noise compared to MP40wEs\nCommunicates with existing WWD and \"W\" EcoSmart Pumps\nFully controllable with Ecosmart Live via Reeflink\nAvailable as an upgrade for WWD and EcoSmart Drivers\n\n\nMP10QD  MP10wQD\nFlow: 1500+ GPH\nPower Consumption: 8-18 Watts\nTank Range: 2.2-50+ Gallons\nMax Glass Thickness: 9.5mm\n\nMP40wQD\nFlow:4500+ GPH\nPower Consumption: 9 to 38 watts\nTank Range: 50-500+ gallons\nMax Glass Thickness: 19mm\n\nMP60wQD\nFlow: 7500+ gallons\nPower Consumption: 10 to 60 Watts\nTank Range: 120-1000+ gallons\nMax Glass Thickness: 9.5-26mm","brand":"Ecotech Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":38010873643179,"sku":"653341197221","price":538.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/MP10-Mobius-and-Box-1000x1000__74561.jpg?v=1704473025"},{"product_id":"ecotech-marine-vortech-mp40wqd-quietdrive","title":"Ecotech Marine Vortech MP40wQD Quietdrive","description":"New and better in every way! Proudly bringing the cutting edge of technical innovation to the award winning Vortech pump line.\n\nQuietdrive will redefine what's possible in an aquarium circulation pump.\n\nAll new driver included.\n6+ available continuous modes\nWave Auto Tune, Feed Mode and Night Mode\n90% Less motor noise compared to MP40wEs\nCommunicates with existing WWD and \"W\" EcoSmart Pumps\nFully controllable with Ecosmart Live via Reeflink\nAvailable as an upgrade for WWD and EcoSmart Drivers\n\n\nMP10QD  MP10wQD\nFlow: 1500+ GPH\nPower Consumption: 8-18 Watts\nTank Range: 2.2-50+ Gallons\nMax Glass Thickness: 9.5mm\n\nMP40wQD\nFlow:4500+ GPH\nPower Consumption: 9 to 38 watts\nTank Range: 50-500+ gallons\nMax Glass Thickness: 19mm\n\nMP60wQD\nFlow: 7500+ gallons\nPower Consumption: 10 to 60 Watts\nTank Range: 120-1000+ gallons\nMax Glass Thickness: 9.5-26mm","brand":"Ecotech Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":38010873741483,"sku":"653341197023","price":665.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/MP40-Mobius-and-Box-1000x1000__67796.jpg?v=1704472896"},{"product_id":"ecotech-marine-vortech-mp60wqd-quietdrive","title":"Ecotech Marine Vortech MP60wQD Quietdrive","description":"New and better in every way! Proudly bringing the cutting edge of technical innovation to the award winning Vortech pump line.\n\nQuietdrive will redefine what's possible in an aquarium circulation pump.\n\nAll new driver included.\n6+ available continuous modes\nWave Auto Tune, Feed Mode and Night Mode\n90% Less motor noise compared to MP40wEs\nCommunicates with existing WWD and \"W\" EcoSmart Pumps\nFully controllable with Ecosmart Live via Reeflink\nAvailable as an upgrade for WWD and EcoSmart Drivers\n\n\nMP10QD  MP10wQD\nFlow: 1500+ GPH\nPower Consumption: 8-18 Watts\nTank Range: 2.2-50+ Gallons\nMax Glass Thickness: 9.5mm\n\nMP40wQD\nFlow:4500+ GPH\nPower Consumption: 9 to 38 watts\nTank Range: 50-500+ gallons\nMax Glass Thickness: 19mm\n\nMP60wQD\nFlow: 7500+ gallons\nPower Consumption: 10 to 60 Watts\nTank Range: 120-1000+ gallons\nMax Glass Thickness: 9.5-26mm","brand":"Ecotech Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":38010873872555,"sku":"Ecotech Marine Vortech MP60wQD Quietdrive","price":1257.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/products\/ecotech-quiet-drive-canada_b186a673-a73a-4200-9718-2c6d781ba8a0.jpg?v=1611573493"},{"product_id":"aqua-illumination-prime-hanging-kit-black","title":"AI Prime Hanging Kit Black - Brushed Aluminum Ceiling Mount - AquaIllumination","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eAI Prime Hanging Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e suspends your Prime fixture from the ceiling, with nothing attached to the tank. AquaIllumination describes it as an elegant way to suspend your AI Prime above your tank. Black brushed aluminum, integrated ball joint to tilt and turn the light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe light is not included.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Suspension Gets You\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour tank rim stays completely clear. No arm, no clamp, nothing in the way when you reach into the water or run a magnet across the glass. On a clean rimless build, this is often the only mount that respects the look you paid good money to get.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe other advantage is practical: you pick the height. The higher the Prime sits, the wider the light spreads but the lower the PAR; the lower it sits, the harder it bites. With a suspension you tune that trade-off without buying a different part.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe Ball Joint\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame ball joint as the Tank Mount. It lets you tilt and turn the fixture once hung, aiming light where it's needed instead of letting it drop straight down. Also handy for moving glare out of your line of sight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAssembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination has an official video covering the Prime Hanging Kit assembly:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/jHLc7DrhqrQ\" title=\"AquaIllumination Prime Hanging Kit Assembly - Official Tutorial\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e brushed aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e ball joint for tilt and rotation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e cable suspension from the ceiling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e AI Prime 16HD Reef, Prime 16HD Freshwater, Prime Fuge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination doesn't publish the cable length for this kit. We're not going to invent a number: if your ceiling height matters, write us before ordering and we'll check the unit we have in the shop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBefore You Choose Suspension\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne practical point the spec sheets skip: you have to drill your ceiling. That assumes you have solid structure above the tank, and that the aquarium isn't moving. If you're renting, or your tank might shift across the room, the Tank Mount or Flex Arm will give you less grief.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHanging Kit, Tank Mount, or Flex Arm?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanging Kit:\u003c\/strong\u003e the most discreet. Nothing on the tank, height of your choosing. Requires drilling the ceiling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTank Mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e the sturdiest and most precise. Two adjustable arms and a ball joint, clamped to the rim.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlex Arm:\u003c\/strong\u003e the most adjustable. A gooseneck you bend by hand, clamped to the rim.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthorized AquaIllumination dealer in Canada with technical support in French. Picking the mount is the most common mistake on the Prime line — describe your setup and we'll tell you which part to order. Shipping across Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplementary products:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aqua-illumination-prime-16hd-reef-black\"\u003eAI Prime 16HD Reef Black\u003c\/a\u003e — the nano reef fixture this kit is built to hang: 59W, 24 x 24in. coverage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aqua-illumination-tank-mount-for-prime-led-lighting-system-black\"\u003eAI Prime Tank Mount Black\u003c\/a\u003e — the rim-mounted alternative, if drilling the ceiling doesn't appeal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aqua-illumination-prime-flex-arm-mount-18\"\u003eAI Prime Flex Arm 18in.\u003c\/a\u003e — the gooseneck arm, the other way to gain height without touching the ceiling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aqua-illumination-fuge16-hd-led-black\"\u003eAI Prime Fuge 16HD\u003c\/a\u003e — the refugium fixture: same housing, same mounting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the AI Prime Hanging Kit work with the Prime Fuge?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Prime Fuge, Prime 16HD Reef, and Prime 16HD Freshwater share the same 4.88 x 4.88in. housing, and all Prime mounting hardware fits all three. It won't fit Hydra or Blade fixtures though — those lines have their own systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow high should you hang an AI Prime above the water?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's a trade-off between spread and intensity. AquaIllumination measures the Prime 16HD's peak PAR (100) at 24in. depth, over a 24 x 24in. spread. The higher you go, the wider the coverage and the lower the PAR; the lower you go, the harder it bites at center and the less it spreads. The advantage of suspension is being able to experiment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the light included with the Hanging Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the suspension kit only. The Prime sells separately — no Prime fixture ships with mounting hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo you have to drill the ceiling?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The kit fastens to the ceiling and the fixture hangs from the cables. Make sure you have solid structure above the tank. If you're renting or your aquarium might move, the Tank Mount or Flex Arm are simpler — they clamp to the tank and travel with it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Illumination","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":38010881573035,"sku":"019962011245","price":55.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/products\/0000822_aqua-illumination-prime-black_ec14e20e-db35-438a-8c3a-6374c764d900.jpg?v=1774646897"},{"product_id":"aqua-illumination-prime-flex-arm-mount-12","title":"AI Prime Flex Arm 12 in — Silicone Flexible Arm Rimless\/Rimmed - AquaIllumination","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eAI Prime Flex Arm 12in.\u003c\/strong\u003e is the most adjustable mount in the Prime line. AquaIllumination describes it as a silicone-coated flex arm, an attractive and sturdy solution, and their most flexible mount for a rimmed or rimless tank. You bend it by hand, it stays where you put it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe light is not included.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy a Gooseneck\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA rigid arm gives you two axes of adjustment. A gooseneck gives you infinite. You curve it around a lid, a cabinet edge, equipment that's already installed. And when you rework your aquascape, you re-bend the arm instead of buying another part.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe silicone coating does two things: protects the arm from moisture, and cleans up easily when salt spray dries on it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMax rim thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.20in. (30mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible arm length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 13in. (33cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal overall length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16in. (40.6cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoating:\u003c\/strong\u003e silicone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCable management:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 clips included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e AI Prime 16HD Reef, Prime 16HD Freshwater, Prime Fuge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasure your rim before ordering.\u003c\/strong\u003e AquaIllumination doesn't publish a max thickness on its product pages — the figure above circulates among US retailers. If you're unsure, send us the measurement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003e12 or 18 inch?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 12in. suits nano and mid-size tanks, where the light doesn't need much height. If your tank is deep, you're lighting a sump, or you need clearance above the water, go with the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aqua-illumination-prime-flex-arm-mount-18\"\u003e18in.\u003c\/a\u003e: its flexible arm is 19in. for a 22in. total length.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOne Installation Detail\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe set screw in the base lets you twist the arm so the fixture sits flat. Tighten it \u003cstrong\u003ehand tight only\u003c\/strong\u003e — no tools, no force. And don't bend the arm while it's mounted to your tank rim: take it off, shape it, put it back. That keeps strain off the glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x 12in. Flex Arm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Base screw\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Base plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x Cable routing clips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Allen wrench\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Base mounting gasket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLight not included.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFlex Arm, Tank Mount, or Hanging Kit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlex Arm:\u003c\/strong\u003e the most adjustable. Bends by hand, works around obstacles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTank Mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e the sturdiest and most precise. Two adjustable arms and a ball joint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanging Kit:\u003c\/strong\u003e the most discreet. Nothing on the tank, everything at the ceiling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthorized AquaIllumination dealer in Canada with technical support in French. Picking the mount is the most common mistake on the Prime line — send us your tank dimensions and rim thickness and we'll tell you which part to order. Shipping across Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplementary products:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aqua-illumination-prime-16hd-reef-black\"\u003eAI Prime 16HD Reef Black\u003c\/a\u003e — the nano reef fixture this arm is built to hold: 59W, 24 x 24in. coverage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aqua-illumination-prime-flex-arm-mount-18\"\u003eAI Prime Flex Arm 18in.\u003c\/a\u003e — the long version: 19in. arm, 22in. total, for deep tanks and sumps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aqua-illumination-tank-mount-for-prime-led-lighting-system-black\"\u003eAI Prime Tank Mount Black\u003c\/a\u003e — the rigid ball-joint mount, if you want it to never move\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aqua-illumination-fuge16-hd-led-black\"\u003eAI Prime Fuge 16HD\u003c\/a\u003e — the refugium fixture: same housing, same mounting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the AI Prime Flex Arm work with the Prime Fuge?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Prime Fuge, Prime 16HD Reef, and Prime 16HD Freshwater share the same 4.88 x 4.88in. housing, and all Prime hardware fits all three. The Prime Flex Arm won't fit Hydra fixtures though — there's a separate Hydra Flex Arm for those.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould you get the 12 or 18 inch Flex Arm?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 12in. (13in. arm, 16in. total) covers most nano and mid-size tanks. The 18in. (19in. arm, 22in. total) is for when you need height: deep tank, refugium in a sump, or extra clearance above the water. If you're torn, send us your tank height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat rim thickness does the Flex Arm handle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUp to 1.20in. (30mm) according to the spec sheets circulating among retailers. AquaIllumination doesn't publish this figure officially, so measure your rim before ordering. Send us the measurement if you're unsure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the arm hold its shape once bent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, that's the point of a gooseneck: it keeps whatever shape you give it. One installation tip — bend the arm \u003cem\u003ebefore\u003c\/em\u003e clamping it to the rim, not after. Forcing an already-mounted arm puts strain on the glass for no reason.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Illumination","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":38010894483627,"sku":"019962474736","price":59.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/210028-ai-prime-flexarm-12in-lighting-cv2.jpg?v=1774644176"},{"product_id":"ecotech-vortech-mp40-wet-side-assembly-new-qd","title":"Ecotech Vortech MP40 wet-side assembly (NEW QD)","description":"Wet Side Assembly for MP40wQD\nReplacement Wet-Side Assembly for the EcoTech Marine VorTech MP40wQD. 3.25\" dia. x 2.5\" W","brand":"Ecotech Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":38010906443947,"sku":"689076818803","price":144.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/products\/29233_f3d920d8-bcb2-410c-83c0-9f2efe9334c3.jpg?v=1611574129"},{"product_id":"ecotech-vortech-mp10-wet-side-assembly-qd-and-es","title":"Ecotech Vortech MP10 wet-side assembly (QD and ES)","description":"Vortech MP10 Wet Side Assembly. Includes the entire wet side vortech pump assembly","brand":"Ecotech Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":38010923122859,"sku":"689076819404","price":129.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/products\/WetsideMP10_a356c273-0023-4fff-becc-da61fedf0892.jpg?v=1611574442"},{"product_id":"aqua-illumination-prime-flex-arm-mount-18","title":"AI Prime Flex Arm 18 in — Flexible Silicone Arm for Deep Aquariums - AquaIllumination","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eAI Prime Flex Arm 18in.\u003c\/strong\u003e is the long version of AquaIllumination's flex arm. Same idea as the 12in., but six inches more — which is what makes the difference when you're lighting a deep tank or a sump. AquaIllumination describes it as their most flexible mount for a rimmed or rimless tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe light is not included.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat the Extra Six Inches Buy You\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree situations where the 12in. runs out of reach:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDeep tank:\u003c\/strong\u003e the taller the tank, the higher the arm has to climb for the light to cover the whole surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSump or refugium:\u003c\/strong\u003e you're inside a closed cabinet with gear everywhere — the 18in. lets you route around whatever's in the way\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClearance:\u003c\/strong\u003e when you want to work in the tank without banging into the fixture every time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe silicone coating protects the arm from moisture and cleans up easily when salt dries on it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMax rim thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.20in. (30mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible arm length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 19in. (48.3cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal overall length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 22in. (55.9cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoating:\u003c\/strong\u003e silicone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCable management:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 clips included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e AI Prime 16HD Reef, Prime 16HD Freshwater, Prime Fuge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasure your rim before ordering.\u003c\/strong\u003e AquaIllumination doesn't publish a max thickness on its product pages — the figure above circulates among US retailers. If you're unsure, send us the measurement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003e18 or 12 inch?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTake the 18in. if you need height or clearance. If your tank is a nano or mid-size and the light doesn't need to climb far, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aqua-illumination-prime-flex-arm-mount-12\"\u003e12in.\u003c\/a\u003e (13in. arm, 16in. total) does the job and takes up less room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOne Installation Detail\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe set screw in the base lets you twist the arm to sit the fixture flat. Tighten it \u003cstrong\u003ehand tight only\u003c\/strong\u003e — no tools. And bend the arm before clamping it to the rim, never after: forcing an already-mounted arm puts strain on the glass for no reason. That counts double on the 18in., which works a longer lever.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x 18in. Flex Arm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Base screw\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Base plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 x Cable routing clips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Allen wrench\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Base mounting gasket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLight not included.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFlex Arm, Tank Mount, or Hanging Kit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlex Arm:\u003c\/strong\u003e the most adjustable. Bends by hand, works around obstacles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTank Mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e the sturdiest and most precise. Two adjustable arms and a ball joint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanging Kit:\u003c\/strong\u003e the most discreet. Nothing on the tank, everything at the ceiling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthorized AquaIllumination dealer in Canada with technical support in French. Picking the mount is the most common mistake on the Prime line — send us your tank dimensions and rim thickness and we'll tell you which part to order. Shipping across Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplementary products:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aqua-illumination-fuge16-hd-led-black\"\u003eAI Prime Fuge 16HD\u003c\/a\u003e — the refugium fixture: this is the most common pairing, since the 18in. is built to work over a sump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aqua-illumination-prime-16hd-reef-black\"\u003eAI Prime 16HD Reef Black\u003c\/a\u003e — the nano reef fixture: 59W, 24 x 24in. coverage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aqua-illumination-prime-flex-arm-mount-12\"\u003eAI Prime Flex Arm 12in.\u003c\/a\u003e — the short version: 13in. arm, 16in. total, for nano and mid-size tanks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aqua-illumination-tank-mount-for-prime-led-lighting-system-black\"\u003eAI Prime Tank Mount Black\u003c\/a\u003e — the rigid ball-joint mount, if you want it to never move\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the AI Prime Flex Arm 18in. work with the Prime Fuge?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, and it's one of the most common pairings. The Prime Fuge, Prime 16HD Reef, and Prime 16HD Freshwater share the same 4.88 x 4.88in. housing. Over a sump in a crowded cabinet, the 18in.'s length and flexibility make all the difference. The Prime Flex Arm won't fit Hydra fixtures though — there's a separate Hydra Flex Arm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould you get the 18 or 12 inch Flex Arm?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 18in. (19in. arm, 22in. total) is for when you need height: deep tank, refugium in a sump, or extra clearance above the water. The 12in. (13in. arm, 16in. total) covers most nano and mid-size tanks. If you're torn, send us your tank height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat rim thickness does the Flex Arm handle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUp to 1.20in. (30mm) according to the spec sheets circulating among retailers. AquaIllumination doesn't publish this figure officially, so measure your rim before ordering. Send us the measurement if you're unsure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the arm hold its shape once bent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, that's the point of a gooseneck: it keeps whatever shape you give it. Bend it before clamping it to the rim, not after — especially with the 18in., which works a longer lever against the glass.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Illumination","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":38011016806571,"sku":"019962474538","price":70.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/210029-ai-prime-flexarm-18in-lighting-cv1.jpg?v=1774644456"},{"product_id":"aqua-illumination-tank-mount-for-prime-led-lighting-system-black","title":"AI Prime Tank Mount Black – Brushed Aluminum Rimless\/Rimmed Mount - AquaIllumination","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eAI Prime Tank Mount\u003c\/strong\u003e is AquaIllumination's rim mount for Prime fixtures. Black brushed aluminum, integrated ball joint, and two adjustable arms that let you place the light exactly where it needs to be. AquaIllumination describes it as an elegant mounting solution on both rimmed and rimless tanks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe light is not included.\u003c\/strong\u003e This mount sells separately because no Prime ships with mounting hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe Ball Joint Is the Point\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is what separates it from a plain bracket. The ball joint lets you tilt and turn the Prime after installation, without unscrewing anything. You adjust with the light on, watching where the beam actually lands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn practice it does three things: aims light at your corals instead of the wall, cuts spill outside the tank, and moves glare out of your line of sight when you're sitting in front of it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAssembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination has an official video walking through the full assembly. Worth watching before you start:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/AEyLt6FbYcc\" title=\"AquaIllumination Prime Tank Mount Assembly Tutorial - Official\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMax rim thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.25in. (32mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVertical arm:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11.25in. (28.6cm), adjustable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHorizontal arm:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9.5in. (24.1cm), adjustable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e brushed aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e AI Prime 16HD Reef, Prime 16HD Freshwater, Prime Fuge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasure your rim before ordering.\u003c\/strong\u003e AquaIllumination doesn't publish a max thickness on its product pages — the figure above circulates among US retailers. If your rim is thick or oddly shaped, send us the measurement before you buy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Two-piece mounting arm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Aquarium clamp and hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Light mount and ball joint assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Allen key\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLight not included.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTank Mount, Flex Arm, or Hanging Kit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll three do the same basic job, but not the same way:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTank Mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e the sturdiest and most precise. Two adjustable arms and a ball joint. This is the pick if you want the light to stay exactly where you put it and never drift.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlex Arm:\u003c\/strong\u003e the most adjustable. A gooseneck you bend by hand. Handy in a crowded space or over a sump.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanging Kit:\u003c\/strong\u003e the most discreet. Nothing on the tank rim, everything at the ceiling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthorized AquaIllumination dealer in Canada with technical support in French. Picking the mount is the most common mistake on the Prime line — send us your tank dimensions and rim thickness and we'll tell you which part to order. Shipping across Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplementary products:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aqua-illumination-prime-16hd-reef-black\"\u003eAI Prime 16HD Reef Black\u003c\/a\u003e — the nano reef fixture this mount is built to hold: 59W, 24 x 24in. coverage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aqua-illumination-prime-flex-arm-mount-18\"\u003eAI Prime Flex Arm 18in.\u003c\/a\u003e — the gooseneck alternative, if you'd rather bend an arm than adjust two sections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aqua-illumination-prime-hanging-kit-black\"\u003eAI Prime Hanging Kit Black\u003c\/a\u003e — ceiling suspension, if you want nothing on the rim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aqua-illumination-fuge16-hd-led-black\"\u003eAI Prime Fuge 16HD\u003c\/a\u003e — the refugium fixture: same housing, so same mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the AI Prime Tank Mount work with the Prime Fuge?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Prime Fuge, Prime 16HD Reef, and Prime 16HD Freshwater all share the same 4.88 x 4.88in. housing. All Prime mounting hardware fits all three. It won't fit Hydra or Blade fixtures though — those lines have their own systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat rim thickness does the Tank Mount handle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUp to 1.25in. (32mm) according to the spec sheets circulating among retailers. AquaIllumination doesn't publish this figure on its official pages, so measure your rim before ordering. If you're unsure, send us the measurement and we'll check it with you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the light included with the Tank Mount?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the mount only: the two-piece arm, the clamp, the ball joint assembly, and the Allen key. The Prime sells separately — no Prime fixture ships with mounting hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan you adjust the position after installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, that's the whole point of the system. Both the vertical and horizontal arms are adjustable, and the ball joint lets you tilt and turn the fixture. You can correct the angle with the light on, watching where the beam actually falls in the tank.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Illumination","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":38011024277675,"sku":"019962011047","price":84.95,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/products\/69039_fbfe24da-cc44-4a46-9fd1-0fce78618cd0.jpg?v=1774646496"},{"product_id":"nero-5-submersible-pump","title":"AI Nero 5 — Reef Wavemaker Pump 3000 GPH Bluetooth Mobius 40-100 gal - AquaIllumination","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eAI Nero 5\u003c\/strong\u003e sits in the middle of AquaIllumination's powerhead line: up to 3,000 GPH from a housing whose wet side measures 2.1 x 2.8 inches. AquaIllumination rates it for aquariums from \u003cstrong\u003e40 to 100 gallons\u003c\/strong\u003e. Run it from an app, or from the single button on the onboard controller.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/iqLe8QUPbb4\" title=\"AquaIllumination Nero Tips and Tricks - Get the Most Out of Your Nero Pump\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBroad Flow, Not a Jet\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the Nero line's signature. A traditional propeller design produces a hard, concentrated stream that irritates any coral in its line of fire. The Nero's propeller design pushes water in a wide pattern instead: it moves food, detritus, and free-floating particles without blasting corals directly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat's a powerhead's actual job — kill the dead spots where detritus settles, and keep particles suspended long enough for filtration to catch them. A narrow jet carves a corridor and leaves the corners alone. Broad flow works everywhere.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe 6 Flow Modes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConstant:\u003c\/strong\u003e fixed flow at whatever rate you set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePulse:\u003c\/strong\u003e builds a wave by alternating flow — useful for lifting detritus out of hard-to-reach spots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRandom:\u003c\/strong\u003e randomized variation, the closest thing to a natural reef\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSchedule:\u003c\/strong\u003e a full daily schedule cycling through modes and speeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeed:\u003c\/strong\u003e pauses for feeding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAll-Off:\u003c\/strong\u003e complete shutdown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eControl\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMyAI or Mobius app:\u003c\/strong\u003e iOS and Android, both free\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMXM \/ Apex Fusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e for driving the Nero 5 from a Neptune Apex\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSingle-button controller:\u003c\/strong\u003e onboard, for adjusting speed and mode without a phone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMagnetic Mount\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe magnetic mount takes glass up to \u003cstrong\u003e0.63in. (16mm)\u003c\/strong\u003e and gives \u003cstrong\u003e15° of directional adjustment\u003c\/strong\u003e. That's thicker than the Nero 3 handles (0.5in.) — check your glass before choosing, especially on a 40-gallon tank where either model would otherwise be on the table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA fish guard is included, protecting slow-swimming fish and curious invertebrates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eNero 5 Maintenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination recommends a \u003cstrong\u003efull disassembly and cleaning 4 to 6 times annually\u003c\/strong\u003e as preventative maintenance. The official video below walks through the complete teardown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/dFa6i3MEWmo\" title=\"How to Clean the Nero - AquaIllumination Disassembly and Cleaning\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat we see in the shop:\u003c\/strong\u003e frequency depends enormously on your tank. An aquarium growing a lot of algae clogs a pump fast — there, you'll be at it often. A clean, stable tank might do fine with twice a year. \u003cstrong\u003eThe real rule is to inspect.\u003c\/strong\u003e When a pump loses flow, nine times out of ten it's a scaled impeller. Deposits build slowly and you never see it coming: flow drops gradually until your corals tell you before you notice yourself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor soaking, \u003cstrong\u003ewe don't recommend vinegar\u003c\/strong\u003e — it's the old method, and over time it's hard on plastics and rubber components. We stock \u003cstrong\u003eDelete by Akua Design\u003c\/strong\u003e for this: a descaler built for aquarium equipment that dissolves calcium buildup without attacking the parts. You can even leave the pump running in the solution for a hands-off clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMax flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 3,000 GPH\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended aquariums:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40 to 100 gallons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions (wet side):\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.1in. x 2.8in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMax glass thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.63in. (16mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePower consumption:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 30W @ 120VAC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDirectional adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eControl:\u003c\/strong\u003e MyAI, Mobius, MXM (Apex Fusion), single-button controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Random, Pulse, Constant, Schedule, Feed, All-Off\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Nero 5 Powerhead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Fish Guard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Magnet Mounting System\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Power Supply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Instruction Set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eNero 3, 5, or 7?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination's recommended ranges:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNero 3:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 2,000 GPH — aquariums from \u003cstrong\u003e5 to 60 gallons\u003c\/strong\u003e — glass up to 0.5in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNero 5:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 3,000 GPH — aquariums from \u003cstrong\u003e40 to 100 gallons\u003c\/strong\u003e — glass up to 0.63in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNero 7:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 4,000 GPH — aquariums from \u003cstrong\u003e80 to 500+ gallons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Nero 5 overlaps the Nero 3 between 40 and 60 gallons, and the Nero 7 between 80 and 100. In those bands, your corals decide: an SPS tank appreciates the bigger model's headroom, an LPS or soft coral tank is well served by the smaller one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnd often, \u003cstrong\u003etwo pumps beat one big one.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two Neros facing each other and synced in Mobius create alternating movement a single pump can't reproduce, even at the same total flow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthorized AquaIllumination dealer in Canada with technical support in French. Send us your tank dimensions, your glass thickness, and what corals you keep — we'll tell you which model actually fits. Shipping across Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplementary products:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aqua-illumination-nero-3-wavemaker-1\"\u003eAI Nero 3\u003c\/a\u003e — 2,000 GPH, for tanks from 5 to 60 gallons; also an excellent second pump alongside a Nero 5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aqua-illumination-nero-7-wavemaker\"\u003eAI Nero 7\u003c\/a\u003e — 4,000 GPH, for systems from 80 to 500+ gallons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/delete-tools-delete-16oz-450g\"\u003eDelete — Akua Design Descaler\u003c\/a\u003e — for the impeller soak at those 4 to 6 recommended annual cleanings: dissolves calcium buildup without attacking plastics and rubber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aquaillumination-orbit-2-pompe-cross-flow\"\u003eAI Orbit 2\u003c\/a\u003e — cross-flow pump: a transverse sheet of flow rather than a point source, a different approach to circulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's the difference between the Nero 3 and the Nero 5 for my reef tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFlow and glass thickness. The Nero 3 delivers up to 2,000 GPH and AquaIllumination rates it from 5 to 60 gallons, with glass up to 0.5in. The Nero 5 reaches 3,000 GPH, covers 40 to 100 gallons, and takes glass up to 0.63in. Both share the same six flow modes and the same Mobius control. Between 40 and 60 gallons either works: your glass and your corals decide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow often should you clean a Nero 5 pump?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination recommends a full disassembly and cleaning 4 to 6 times a year. Our shop experience: it depends heavily on the tank. An aquarium growing a lot of algae clogs a pump quickly and needs more frequent attention; a clean, stable tank can do fine with two cleanings a year. Best practice is to inspect — a drop in flow is almost always a scaled impeller. For the soak, an aquarium descaler beats vinegar, which is hard on plastics long term.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Nero 5 pump compatible with Neptune Apex?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. AquaIllumination lists control through MXM and Apex Fusion alongside the MyAI and Mobius apps. So you drive the Nero 5 from the same interface as the rest of your Apex system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat glass thickness does the Nero 5 handle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUp to 0.63in. (16mm). Measure your glass before ordering: if it's thicker than 0.63in., you need the Nero 7, which takes thicker panes.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Illumination","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":38011114160299,"sku":"211848","price":359.95,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/211848-aquaillumination-nero5-submersible-pump-cv1.webp?v=1774209149"},{"product_id":"ecotech-marine-rms-hanging-kit","title":"Radion RMS Hanging Kit XR717 — Suspension Rail Multi-Light 98 in. Cables - EcoTech Marine","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eEcoTech Marine RMS Hanging Kit (XR717)\u003c\/strong\u003e allows you to suspend a Multi-Light RMS rail from the ceiling instead of using the RMS arms on the edge of the aquarium. With 98 inches (249 cm) of stainless steel hanging cable, this kit is ideal when arms are not an option — built-in aquariums, furniture with canopies, peninsula setups, or simply for a clean look and full access above the tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/ecotechmarine.com\/wp-content\/uploads\/2020\/01\/G5_Multi_Hanging.webp\" alt=\"EcoTech Radion Multi-Light RMS rail suspended from the ceiling above a reef aquarium\" style=\"max-width:100%;height:auto;margin:15px 0;\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTwo Modes of Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHanging a Multi-Light Rail:\u003c\/strong\u003e Combine this kit with an RMS rail and Slides to suspend multiple Radion lights on a single rail from the ceiling. Height is easily adjustable by shortening or lengthening the cables.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHanging a Single Radion:\u003c\/strong\u003e The kit can also be attached directly to the integrated mounting eyelets on a Radion XR15 or XR30 light without a rail, for an ultra-minimalist installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKit Contents\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCeiling mounting brackets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorrosion-resistant stainless steel hanging hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e98 inches (249 cm) of hanging cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete mounting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCable Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 98 in (249 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Corrosion-resistant stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible with:\u003c\/strong\u003e All Multi-Light RMS rails (20.5 to 90.5 inches) and all Radion XR15\/XR30 (G3 to G6)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e RMS Rail and Slides sold separately for multi-light configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRMS Hanging Kit vs Radion LED Hanging Kit — What's the Difference?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRMS Hanging Kit (XR717)\u003c\/strong\u003e is designed primarily to suspend a Multi-Light RMS rail from the ceiling with 98 inches of cable. The \u003cstrong\u003eRadion LED Hanging Kit (XR655)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a simpler kit with 60 inches of cable to suspend a single Radion light directly from the ceiling without a rail. If you have two or more lights, the XR717 with a rail is the recommended solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthorized EcoTech Marine retailer in Canada. Complete your setup with RMS Rails available from 20.5 to 70.5 inches — Horizontal aluminum bars, RMS Slides XR15 or XR30 — Sliding mounts per light, RMS Arm Pair — Alternative for edge mounting instead of ceiling. Shipping across Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat do I need to suspend two Radion XR30s from the ceiling with this kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou need: 1 RMS Hanging Kit (this product), 1 RMS rail of the appropriate length for your aquarium, and 2 XR30 Slides (one per light). The rail hangs with the kit, and each Slide slides into the rail with the Radion attached to it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the RMS Hanging Kit compatible with Radion G6?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The kit is compatible with all generations of Radion XR15 and XR30 (G3 to G6, Blue and Pro) and all Multi-Light RMS rails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre the 98-inch cables sufficient for a standard ceiling?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. With 98 inches (249 cm \/ 8.2 feet) of cable, the kit is suitable for the vast majority of residential installations. Measure the distance between your ceiling and the desired height of the rail (approximately 7-8 inches above the edge of the aquarium) to confirm.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Ecotech Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":38011206631595,"sku":"XR717","price":84.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/RMS_Hanging_Parts-01_800x800_jpg.webp?v=1775331603"},{"product_id":"ecotech-marine-vectra-m2-dc-water-pump-version-2","title":"Ecotech Marine Vectra M2 DC Water Pump - Version 2","description":"Vectra M2 Return Pump\nThe EcoTech Marine Vectra M2 Return Pump is a powerful yet compact return pump designed specifically for aquatic marine environments. Designed to be fully controlled wirelessly over a Wi-Fi connection, the EcoTech Marine lets aquarium owners monitor and change the conditions of the tank with only the press of a button, regardless of where they are. Each and every tank is going to be a little different, and this unit is able to auto calibrate to the specific needs and designs of your tank, assisting in the smooth transition of pumps and significantly reducing the likelihood of stressing out the inhabitants of the tank with drastic flow or filtration changes. The EcoTech Marine Vectra M2 Return Pump can be used as a return pump, a closed loop system, an inline system or as a submersible to ensure that aquarists are provided with the freedom to use this pump as they need. In addition to Wi-Fi capability, the pump is also compatible with other EcoTech Marine products, such as the ReefLink web-based command center and the EcoTech Battery Backup to customize and improve the conditions of your tank. One of the more prominent features of this unit is the fact that it can perform in both return pump mode and closed loop mode, offering more versatility and functionality for aquarists of all kinds. The return pump mode offers constant speeds, the ability to lock on a certain speed as well as a feed mode, which temporarily pauses the flow of water while food is being introduced to the tank. The closed loop mode offers three distinct flow patterns that mimic the naturally occurring flows of quiet lagoons, wave smashed reefs or cyclical oceanic gyres. With fitted couplers and standard British pipe threading, the installation is quick and easy and you can enjoy a quiet, healthy aquarium in no time at all. Features 2,000 GPH and a max head pressure of 21.5 feet.","brand":"Ecotech Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":38011250704555,"sku":"653341188427","price":694.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/products\/29131_3cff7cec-37b6-4454-9f3d-ad8d99ebc990.jpg?v=1611577482"},{"product_id":"ecotech-marine-radion-rms-arm-pair","title":"Radion RMS Arm Pair - Arm Pair Multi-Light Rail Aluminum Rimless Euro Brace - EcoTech Marine","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe multi-light RMS offers a customizable multi light mount solution for Radion XR30 and Radion XR15 lights.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRMS System Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt-in cable management \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with rimmed, rimless, and eurobraced tanks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtremely rigid and light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnodized Aluminum Finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible slide mounts allow for you to move and rotate your Radion position to perfectly illuminate your corals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounts Radions optimally at approximately 7 inches 18cm above glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible Design to Fit Your Needs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBecause the multi-light RMS is a modular system, choose the components that fit your needs. To build a mount you will need a set of arms, the right rail for your tank and the number and model of light mounts that fit your setup.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRails In All Lengths\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTanks come in a lot of shapes and sizes. To accommodate the vast majority of commercially available and custom aquariums the RMS multi-light rails start at 20.5 inches and increase in 10 inch increments to 90.5 inch. The multi-light RMS allows for adjustment of the rail with respect to the arms - meaning that even if your tank is not a common length - there is a rail length that will work for you.  \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUse this to find the best solution for mounting your Radions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMix \u0026amp; Match\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA single Multi-Light RMS setup can accommodate both XR15 and XR30 model Radions on the same rail.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIn order to complete your Radion Multi-Light System you will also need to purchase a track for your aquarium and an RMS Slide to match each Radion (either XR15, or XR30 Slide)\u003c\/span\u003e you want to mount.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Ecotech Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":38011256144043,"sku":"XR710","price":269.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/products\/ecotech-marine-multi-light-rms-arm-kit-radion-ecot_1024x1024_b410fb67-1a76-417c-8517-85c3d7ba19c7.jpg?v=1775331674"},{"product_id":"ecotech-marine-radion-rms-track-20-5-inch","title":"Radion RMS Track 20.5 in — Multi-Light Aluminum Rail Aquariums 18-28 in - EcoTech Marine","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eEcoTech Marine Radion RMS Track 20.5 inches\u003c\/strong\u003e is the horizontal anodized aluminum rail that spans your aquarium between the two RMS arms (Arm Pair). This is part \"B\" of the Multi-Light RMS modular system — the rail onto which the Slide mounts glide to precisely position your Radion fixtures. This 20.5-inch (52 cm) rail is suitable for aquariums from 18.5 to 28.5 inches in length.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/ecotechmarine.com\/wp-content\/uploads\/2020\/01\/G5_Multi_RMS.webp\" alt=\"EcoTech Radion Multi-Light RMS full system track arms slide mount aquarium\" style=\"max-width:100%;height:auto;margin:15px 0;\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTrack Length Guide — Which track for your aquarium?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRMS arms extend 3 to 4 inches over each side of the aquarium. The track should be chosen based on the total length of your aquarium. Here's the compatibility guide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e20.5 in (52 cm) Track:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18.5 to 28.5 in aquariums — this product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e30.5 in (77 cm) Track:\u003c\/strong\u003e 28.5 to 38.5 in aquariums\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e40.5 in (103 cm) Track:\u003c\/strong\u003e 38.5 to 48.5 in aquariums\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e50.5 in (128 cm) Track:\u003c\/strong\u003e 48.5 to 58.5 in aquariums\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60.5 in (154 cm) Track:\u003c\/strong\u003e 58.5 to 68.5 in aquariums\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e70.5 in (179 cm) Track:\u003c\/strong\u003e 68.5 to 78.5 in aquariums\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe track is adjustable front-to-back on the arms. Even if your aquarium is not a standard length, choose the closest track — the system adjusts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20.5 in (52 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Aquariums:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18.5 to 28.5 in length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black anodized aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCable Management:\u003c\/strong\u003e Integrated grooves to conceal wires\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible:\u003c\/strong\u003e All Radion XR15 and XR30 (G3 to G6) via corresponding Slides\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMixed XR15\/XR30:\u003c\/strong\u003e A single track can accommodate XR15 and XR30 Slides together\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRequired parts for a complete Multi-Light system\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA — RMS Arm Pair:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pair of vertical supports on the edges of the aquarium — sold separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eB — RMS Track (this product):\u003c\/strong\u003e Horizontal bar between the arms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eC — RMS Slides:\u003c\/strong\u003e One sliding mount per Radion fixture (XR15 or XR30) — sold separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlternative: the track can also be suspended from the ceiling with the RMS Hanging Kit (XR717) instead of the arms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthorized EcoTech Marine retailer in Canada. All track lengths available: 20.5 \/ 30.5 \/ 40.5 \/ 50.5 \/ 60.5 \/ 70.5 inches. Complete your system with the EcoTech Marine Radion RMS Arm Pair — Support arm pair, the RMS Slides XR15 or XR30 — Sliding mounts per fixture, the RMS Hanging Kit XR717 — Ceiling suspension kit for the track. Shipping across Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich RMS track to choose for a 24-inch aquarium?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 20.5-inch track is suitable for aquariums from 18.5 to 28.5 inches in length. For a 24-inch aquarium, this is the right choice. The RMS arms adjust to the edge of the aquarium and the track is positioned between them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use the track with the Hanging Kit instead of the arms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The track can be suspended from the ceiling with the RMS Hanging Kit (XR717) for an installation without arms on the edge of the aquarium. This is ideal for built-in or peninsula aquariums.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the RMS track the same for XR15 and XR30?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The track is universal — it accepts both XR15 and XR30 Slides on the same track. The only difference is in the Slide model used. You can even mix XR15 and XR30 on a single track.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Ecotech Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":38011256373419,"sku":"XR703-0205","price":84.95,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/products\/ECOTECH_20MARINE_20RADION_20RMS_20TRACK_20_2830.5_20INCH_29_e11066ef-e167-40e4-8f22-1e7da4902711.jpg?v=1775332269"},{"product_id":"ecotech-marine-radion-rms-track-30-5-inch","title":"Radion RMS Track 30.5 in. — Multi-Light Rail Aquariums 28-38 in. - EcoTech Marine","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eEcoTech Marine Radion RMS Track 30.5 inches\u003c\/strong\u003e is the horizontal anodized aluminum rail that spans your aquarium between the two RMS arms (Arm Pair). This is the \"B\" piece of the Multi-Light RMS modular system — the rail onto which the Slide mounts glide to precisely position your Radion lights. This 30.5-inch (77 cm) rail is suitable for aquariums from 28.5 to 38.5 inches in length.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/ecotechmarine.com\/wp-content\/uploads\/2020\/01\/G5_Multi_RMS.webp\" alt=\"EcoTech Radion Multi-Light RMS complete system rail arm slide mount aquarium\" style=\"max-width:100%;height:auto;margin:15px 0;\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTrack Length Guide — Which Track for Your Aquarium?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe RMS arms extend 3 to 4 inches beyond each side of the aquarium. The track should be chosen based on the total length of your aquarium. Here's the matching guide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e20.5 in (52 cm) Track:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aquariums from 18.5 to 28.5 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e30.5 in (77 cm) Track:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aquariums from 28.5 to 38.5 in — this product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e40.5 in (103 cm) Track:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aquariums from 38.5 to 48.5 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e50.5 in (128 cm) Track:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aquariums from 48.5 to 58.5 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60.5 in (154 cm) Track:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aquariums from 58.5 to 68.5 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e70.5 in (179 cm) Track:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aquariums from 68.5 to 78.5 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe track is adjustable front-to-back on the arms. Even if your aquarium isn't a standard length, choose the closest track — the system adjusts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30.5 in (77 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Aquariums:\u003c\/strong\u003e 28.5 to 38.5 in length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black anodized aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCable Management:\u003c\/strong\u003e Integrated grooves to conceal wires\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible:\u003c\/strong\u003e All Radion XR15 and XR30 (G3 to G6) via corresponding Slides\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMixed XR15\/XR30:\u003c\/strong\u003e The same track can accommodate XR15 and XR30 Slides together\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eParts Required for a Complete Multi-Light System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA — RMS Arms (Arm Pair):\u003c\/strong\u003e Pair of vertical supports on the edges of the aquarium — sold separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eB — RMS Track (this product):\u003c\/strong\u003e Horizontal bar between the arms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eC — RMS Slides:\u003c\/strong\u003e One sliding mount per Radion fixture (XR15 or XR30) — sold separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlternative: the track can also be suspended from the ceiling with the RMS Hanging Kit (XR717) instead of the arms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthorized EcoTech Marine dealer in Canada. All track lengths available: 20.5 \/ 30.5 \/ 40.5 \/ 50.5 \/ 60.5 \/ 70.5 inches. Complete your system with the EcoTech Marine Radion RMS Arm Pair — Support arm pair, the RMS Slides XR15 or XR30 — Sliding mounts per fixture, the RMS Hanging Kit XR717 — Ceiling suspension kit for the track. Shipping across Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich RMS track should I choose for a 36-inch aquarium?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 30.5-inch track is suitable for aquariums from 28.5 to 38.5 inches in length. For a 36-inch aquarium, this is the right choice. Two Radion XR15s or one Radion XR30 can be easily mounted with the corresponding Slides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use the track with the Hanging Kit instead of the arms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The track can be suspended from the ceiling with the RMS Hanging Kit (XR717) for an installation without arms on the edge of the aquarium. This is ideal for recessed aquariums or peninsula setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the RMS track the same for XR15 and XR30?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The track is universal — it accepts both XR15 and XR30 Slides on the same track. The difference is only in the Slide model used. You can even mix XR15 and XR30 on a single track.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Ecotech Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":38011256471723,"sku":"XR703-0305","price":98.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/products\/ECOTECH_20MARINE_20RADION_20RMS_20TRACK_20_2830.5_20INCH_29_1bdc3c8a-8c13-4d8a-b78b-07875b493c9b.jpg?v=1775332771"},{"product_id":"ecotech-marine-radion-rms-track-40-5-inch","title":"Radion RMS Track 40.5 in — Multi-Light Rail Aluminum Aquariums 38-48 in - EcoTech Marine","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eEcoTech Marine Radion RMS Track 40.5 inches\u003c\/strong\u003e is the anodized aluminum horizontal rail that runs across your aquarium between the two RMS arms (Arm Pair). It is part \"B\" of the RMS Multi-Light modular system — the rail onto which the Slide mounts glide to precisely position your Radion lights. This 40.5-inch (103 cm) rail is suitable for aquariums from 38.5 to 48.5 inches in length — the most popular size for 4-foot reef tanks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/ecotechmarine.com\/wp-content\/uploads\/2020\/01\/G5_Multi_RMS.webp\" alt=\"EcoTech Radion Multi-Light RMS complete system rail arm slide mount aquarium\" style=\"max-width:100%;height:auto;margin:15px 0;\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTrack Length Guide — Which Track for Your Aquarium?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRMS arms extend 3 to 4 inches beyond each side of the aquarium. The track should be chosen based on the total length of your aquarium. Here's the matching guide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e20.5 in (52 cm) Track:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18.5 to 28.5 in aquariums\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e30.5 in (77 cm) Track:\u003c\/strong\u003e 28.5 to 38.5 in aquariums\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e40.5 in (103 cm) Track:\u003c\/strong\u003e 38.5 to 48.5 in aquariums — this product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e50.5 in (128 cm) Track:\u003c\/strong\u003e 48.5 to 58.5 in aquariums\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60.5 in (154 cm) Track:\u003c\/strong\u003e 58.5 to 68.5 in aquariums\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e70.5 in (179 cm) Track:\u003c\/strong\u003e 68.5 to 78.5 in aquariums\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe track is adjustable front to back on the arms. Even if your aquarium is not a standard length, choose the closest track — the system adjusts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40.5 in (103 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended aquariums:\u003c\/strong\u003e 38.5 to 48.5 in length (includes standard 4-foot aquariums)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black anodized aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCable management:\u003c\/strong\u003e Integrated grooves to conceal wires\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible:\u003c\/strong\u003e All Radion XR15 and XR30 (G3 to G6) via corresponding Slides\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMixed XR15\/XR30:\u003c\/strong\u003e The same track can accommodate XR15 and XR30 Slides together\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTypical setup for a 4-foot aquarium\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 48-inch reef aquarium with SPS typically uses two Radion XR30s side by side for optimal PAR coverage. The complete setup requires: 1 pair of RMS arms (Arm Pair), 1 RMS 40.5-inch track (this product), and 2 XR30 Slides. For a mixed reef with less demanding corals, two Radion XR15s on the same track also provide excellent coverage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eParts required for a complete Multi-Light system\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA — RMS Arms (Arm Pair):\u003c\/strong\u003e Pair of vertical supports on the edges of the aquarium — sold separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eB — RMS Track (this product):\u003c\/strong\u003e Horizontal bar between the arms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eC — RMS Slides:\u003c\/strong\u003e One sliding mount per Radion fixture (XR15 or XR30) — sold separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlternative: the track can also be suspended from the ceiling with the RMS Hanging Kit (XR717) instead of the arms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthorized EcoTech Marine dealer in Canada. All track lengths available: 20.5 \/ 30.5 \/ 40.5 \/ 50.5 \/ 60.5 \/ 70.5 inches. Complete your system with the EcoTech Marine Radion RMS Arm Pair — Support arm pair, the RMS Slides XR15 or XR30 — Sliding mounts per fixture, the RMS Hanging Kit XR717 — Ceiling suspension kit for the track. Delivery across Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the 40.5-inch track suitable for a Red Sea Reefer 350 or a 48-inch aquarium?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 40.5-inch track is designed for aquariums from 38.5 to 48.5 inches in length. It is the standard choice for 4-foot reef aquariums including the Red Sea Reefer 350\/425 and most 75, 90, and 120-gallon aquariums.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many Radions can I mount on a 40.5-inch track?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo Radion XR30s fit comfortably side by side on a 40.5-inch track. You can also mount three Radion XR15s or a combination of XR15s and XR30s on the same track using the corresponding Slides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the RMS track the same for XR15 and XR30?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The track is universal — it accepts XR15 and XR30 Slides on the same track. The only difference is in the Slide model used. You can even mix XR15s and XR30s on a single track.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Ecotech Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":38011258568875,"sku":"XR703-0405","price":127.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/products\/ECOTECH_20MARINE_20RADION_20RMS_20TRACK_20_2830.5_20INCH_29_b55cb9a0-844f-42a4-a755-326277c413bb.jpg?v=1775333108"},{"product_id":"ecotech-marine-radion-rms-track-50-5-inch","title":"Radion RMS Track 50.5\" — Multi-Light Aluminum Rail for 48-58\" Aquariums - EcoTech Marine","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eEcoTech Marine Radion RMS Track 50.5 inches\u003c\/strong\u003e is the anodized aluminum horizontal rail that spans your aquarium between the two RMS arms (Arm Pair). This is part \"B\" of the RMS Multi-Light modular system — the rail onto which the Slide mounts slide to precisely position your Radion lights. This 50.5-inch (128 cm) rail is suitable for aquariums from 48.5 to 58.5 inches in length — ideal for 5-foot aquariums and large reef systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/ecotechmarine.com\/wp-content\/uploads\/2020\/01\/G5_Multi_RMS.webp\" alt=\"EcoTech Radion Multi-Light RMS complete system rail arm slide mount aquarium\" style=\"max-width:100%;height:auto;margin:15px 0;\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRail Length Guide — Which Rail for Your Aquarium?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe RMS arms extend 3 to 4 inches beyond each side of the aquarium. The rail should be chosen based on the total length of your aquarium. Here is the matching guide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e20.5 in (52 cm) Rail:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aquariums from 18.5 to 28.5 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e30.5 in (77 cm) Rail:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aquariums from 28.5 to 38.5 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e40.5 in (103 cm) Rail:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aquariums from 38.5 to 48.5 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e50.5 in (128 cm) Rail:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aquariums from 48.5 to 58.5 in — this product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60.5 in (154 cm) Rail:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aquariums from 58.5 to 68.5 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e70.5 in (179 cm) Rail:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aquariums from 68.5 to 78.5 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rail is adjustable front to back on the arms. Even if your aquarium is not a standard length, choose the closest rail — the system adjusts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50.5 in (128 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Aquariums:\u003c\/strong\u003e 48.5 to 58.5 in length (includes 5-foot aquariums)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black anodized aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCable Management:\u003c\/strong\u003e Integrated grooves to conceal wires\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible:\u003c\/strong\u003e All Radion XR15 and XR30 (G3 to G6) via corresponding Slides\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMixed XR15\/XR30:\u003c\/strong\u003e The same rail can accommodate XR15 and XR30 Slides together\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTypical Configuration for a 5-foot Aquarium\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 5-foot reef aquarium typically uses two or three Radion XR30s for optimal PAR coverage across the entire surface. The complete setup requires: 1 pair of RMS arms (Arm Pair), 1 RMS 50.5-inch rail (this product), and 2-3 XR30 Slides depending on the number of lights. You can also combine XR30s and XR15s on the same rail to adjust coverage according to your coral placement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eParts Required for a Complete Multi-Light System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA — RMS Arms (Arm Pair):\u003c\/strong\u003e Pair of vertical supports on the edges of the aquarium — sold separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eB — RMS Rail (this product):\u003c\/strong\u003e Horizontal bar between the arms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eC — RMS Slides:\u003c\/strong\u003e One sliding mount per Radion light (XR15 or XR30) — sold separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlternatively: the rail can also be suspended from the ceiling with the RMS Hanging Kit (XR717) instead of the arms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose from ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthorized EcoTech Marine retailer in Canada. All rail lengths available: 20.5 \/ 30.5 \/ 40.5 \/ 50.5 \/ 60.5 \/ 70.5 inches. Complete your system with the EcoTech Marine Radion RMS Arm Pair — Support arm pair, the RMS Slides XR15 or XR30 — Sliding mounts per light, the RMS Hanging Kit XR717 — Ceiling hanging kit for the rail. Shipping throughout Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the 50.5-inch rail suitable for a Red Sea Reefer 525 or a 60-inch aquarium?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor an exactly 60-inch aquarium, the 50.5-inch rail will be a bit short — it covers up to 58.5 inches. The 60.5-inch rail would be a better choice. The 50.5-inch rail is perfect for aquariums from 48.5 to 58.5 inches, such as Red Sea Reefer 450s or standard 150-gallon aquariums.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many Radion XR30s can I mount on a 50.5-inch rail?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo or three Radion XR30s fit comfortably on a 50.5-inch rail. Two XR30s provide full coverage for a mixed reef. Three XR30s provide very high PAR for the most demanding SPS-dominated aquariums.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the RMS rail the same for XR15 and XR30?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The rail is universal — it accepts both XR15 and XR30 Slides on the same rail. The difference is only in the Slide model used. You can even mix XR15 and XR30s on a single rail.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Ecotech Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":38011258634411,"sku":"XR703-0505","price":141.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/products\/ECOTECH_20MARINE_20RADION_20RMS_20TRACK_20_2830.5_20INCH_29_1897fd3d-5e06-49b7-b355-467ddd1e4eee.jpg?v=1775333278"},{"product_id":"ecotech-marine-radion-rms-track-60-5-inch","title":"Radion RMS Track 60.5\" — Multi-Light Aluminum Rail for Aquariums 58-68\" - EcoTech Marine","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eEcoTech Marine Radion RMS Track 60.5 inches\u003c\/strong\u003e is the horizontal anodized aluminum rail that spans your aquarium between the two RMS arms (Arm Pair). This is the \"B\" component of the modular Multi-Light RMS system — the rail onto which the Slide mounts slide to precisely position your Radion fixtures. This 60.5-inch (154 cm) rail is suitable for aquariums from 58.5 to 68.5 inches in length — ideal for large 6-foot reef tanks including Red Sea Reefer 525\/625 and 180 to 220+ gallon systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/ecotechmarine.com\/wp-content\/uploads\/2020\/01\/G5_Multi_RMS.webp\" alt=\"EcoTech Radion Multi-Light RMS complete system rail arm slide mount aquarium\" style=\"max-width:100%;height:auto;margin:15px 0;\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRail length guide — Which rail for your aquarium?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRMS arms extend 3 to 4 inches from each side of the aquarium. The rail should be chosen according to the total length of your aquarium. Here is the matching guide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e20.5 in (52 cm) Rail:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18.5 to 28.5 in aquariums\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e30.5 in (77 cm) Rail:\u003c\/strong\u003e 28.5 to 38.5 in aquariums\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e40.5 in (103 cm) Rail:\u003c\/strong\u003e 38.5 to 48.5 in aquariums\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e50.5 in (128 cm) Rail:\u003c\/strong\u003e 48.5 to 58.5 in aquariums\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60.5 in (154 cm) Rail:\u003c\/strong\u003e 58.5 to 68.5 in aquariums — this product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e70.5 in (179 cm) Rail:\u003c\/strong\u003e 68.5 to 78.5 in aquariums\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rail is adjustable front to back on the arms. Even if your aquarium is not of a standard length, choose the closest rail — the system adjusts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60.5 in (154 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended aquariums:\u003c\/strong\u003e 58.5 to 68.5 in length (includes 6-foot aquariums)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black anodized aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCable management:\u003c\/strong\u003e Integrated grooves to conceal wires\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible:\u003c\/strong\u003e All Radion XR15 and XR30 (G3 to G6) via corresponding Slides\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMixed XR15\/XR30:\u003c\/strong\u003e The same rail can accommodate XR15 and XR30 Slides together\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTypical setup for a 6-foot aquarium\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 6-foot (72-inch) reef tank typically uses three Radion XR30s for full PAR coverage over the entire surface. The recommended setup: 1 RMS Arm Pair, 1 RMS 60.5-inch rail (this product), and 3 XR30 Slides. For a mixed reef with less demanding corals, two spaced XR30s also provide good coverage. You can also combine XR30s and XR15s on the same rail to precisely adjust light coverage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eParts required for a complete Multi-Light system\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA — RMS Arms (Arm Pair):\u003c\/strong\u003e Pair of vertical supports on the edges of the aquarium — sold separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eB — RMS Rail (this product):\u003c\/strong\u003e Horizontal bar between the arms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eC — RMS Slides:\u003c\/strong\u003e One sliding mount per Radion fixture (XR15 or XR30) — sold separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlternative: the rail can also be suspended from the ceiling with the RMS Hanging Kit (XR717) instead of the arms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose from ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthorized EcoTech Marine dealer in Canada. All rail lengths available: 20.5 \/ 30.5 \/ 40.5 \/ 50.5 \/ 60.5 \/ 70.5 inches. Complete your system with EcoTech Marine Radion RMS Arm Pair — Support arm pair, RMS Slides XR15 or XR30 — Sliding mounts per fixture, RMS Hanging Kit XR717 — Ceiling suspension kit for the rail. Delivery anywhere in Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the 60.5-inch rail suitable for a Red Sea Reefer 525 or 625?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Red Sea Reefer 525 is approximately 59 inches and the Reefer 625 is approximately 65 inches — both fall within the 60.5-inch rail range (58.5 to 68.5 inches). This is the recommended rail for these aquariums.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many Radion XR30s can I mount on a 60.5-inch rail?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree Radion XR30s fit comfortably on a 60.5-inch rail for optimal PAR coverage over the entire surface of a 6-foot aquarium. Two XR30s are sufficient for a mixed reef with soft corals, LPS, and zoanthids.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the RMS rail the same for XR15 and XR30?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The rail is universal — it accepts XR15 and XR30 Slides on the same rail. The only difference is the Slide model used. You can even mix XR15 and XR30 on a single rail.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Ecotech Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":38011258699947,"sku":"XR703-0605","price":184.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/products\/ECOTECH_20MARINE_20RADION_20RMS_20TRACK_20_2830.5_20INCH_29_cb57a8f5-7a3b-4605-be60-13f12f3cb7a5.jpg?v=1775333542"},{"product_id":"ecotech-marine-radion-rms-track-70-5-inch","title":"Radion RMS Track 70.5 in. - Multi-Light Aluminum Rail Aquariums 68-78 in. - EcoTech Marine","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eEcoTech Marine Radion RMS Track 70.5 inches\u003c\/strong\u003e is the longest track in the range available at ReefSolution. Anodized aluminum horizontal rail that runs across your aquarium between the two RMS arms (Arm Pair), this is the \"B\" part of the Multi-Light RMS modular system. This 70.5-inch (179 cm) rail is suitable for aquariums from 68.5 to 78.5 inches in length — designed for large 6 to 7-foot reef aquariums, including Red Sea Reefer 750s and 220+ gallon systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/ecotechmarine.com\/wp-content\/uploads\/2020\/01\/G5_Multi_RMS.webp\" alt=\"EcoTech Radion Multi-Light RMS complete system rail arms slide aquarium mounting\" style=\"max-width:100%;height:auto;margin:15px 0;\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTrack Length Guide — Which track for your aquarium?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRMS arms extend 3 to 4 inches beyond each side of the aquarium. The track should be chosen based on the total length of your aquarium. Here is the matching guide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e20.5 in (52 cm) Track:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18.5 to 28.5 in Aquariums\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e30.5 in (77 cm) Track:\u003c\/strong\u003e 28.5 to 38.5 in Aquariums\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e40.5 in (103 cm) Track:\u003c\/strong\u003e 38.5 to 48.5 in Aquariums\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e50.5 in (128 cm) Track:\u003c\/strong\u003e 48.5 to 58.5 in Aquariums\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60.5 in (154 cm) Track:\u003c\/strong\u003e 58.5 to 68.5 in Aquariums\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e70.5 in (179 cm) Track:\u003c\/strong\u003e 68.5 to 78.5 in Aquariums — this product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe track is adjustable front to back on the arms. Even if your aquarium is not a standard length, choose the closest track — the system adjusts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70.5 in (179 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Aquariums:\u003c\/strong\u003e 68.5 to 78.5 in in length (includes 6 to 7-foot aquariums)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black anodized aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCable Management:\u003c\/strong\u003e Integrated grooves to hide wires\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible:\u003c\/strong\u003e All Radion XR15 and XR30 (G3 to G6) via corresponding Slides\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMixed XR15\/XR30:\u003c\/strong\u003e The same track can accommodate XR15 and XR30 Slides together\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTypical Configuration for a 6 to 7-foot Aquarium\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA large 72 to 78-inch reef aquarium typically uses three to four Radion XR30s for complete PAR coverage across the entire surface. Recommended setup: 1 RMS Arm Pair, 1 RMS Track 70.5 inches (this product), and 3-4 XR30 Slides. For a mixed reef, three XR30s provide excellent coverage. For the most demanding SPS, four XR30s or a combination of XR30s and XR15s at the ends ensure high PAR in every area of the tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eParts required for a complete Multi-Light system\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA — RMS Arms (Arm Pair):\u003c\/strong\u003e Pair of vertical supports on the edges of the aquarium — sold separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eB — RMS Track (this product):\u003c\/strong\u003e Horizontal bar between the arms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eC — RMS Slides:\u003c\/strong\u003e One sliding mount per Radion fixture (XR15 or XR30) — sold separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlternatively: the track can also be hung from the ceiling with the RMS Hanging Kit (XR717) instead of the arms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthorized EcoTech Marine retailer in Canada. All track lengths available: 20.5 \/ 30.5 \/ 40.5 \/ 50.5 \/ 60.5 \/ 70.5 inches. Complete your system with the EcoTech Marine Radion RMS Arm Pair — Support arm pair, the RMS Slides XR15 or XR30 — Sliding mounts per fixture, the RMS Hanging Kit XR717 — Ceiling suspension kit for the track. Delivery across Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the 70.5-inch track suitable for a Red Sea Reefer 750?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Red Sea Reefer 750 measures approximately 72 inches (6 feet), which falls perfectly within the 70.5-inch track range (68.5 to 78.5 inches). This is the recommended track for this aquarium and similar 180 to 300+ gallon systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many Radion XR30s can I mount on a 70.5-inch track?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree to four Radion XR30s can be installed on a 70.5-inch track. Three XR30s provide full coverage for a mixed reef. Four XR30s provide very high PAR for demanding SPS-dominated aquariums. You can also add XR15s at the ends to fill in corners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the RMS track the same for XR15 and XR30?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The track is universal — it accepts XR15 and XR30 Slides on the same track. The difference is only in the Slide model used. You can even mix XR15s and XR30s on a single track.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Ecotech Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":38011258896555,"sku":"XR703-0705","price":198.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/products\/ECOTECH_20MARINE_20RADION_20RMS_20TRACK_20_2830.5_20INCH_29_7ea93533-dfd0-4f28-a6b7-1eab193bc942.jpg?v=1775333740"},{"product_id":"aqua-illumination-prime-16hd-reef-black","title":"AI Prime 16HD Reef Black 59W — Nano Reef LED HyperDrive 24x24in - AquaIllumination","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eAI Prime 16HD Reef\u003c\/strong\u003e is the best-selling compact LED in reef keeping. AquaIllumination calls it the world's most popular reef LED, and the numbers back it up: 59W, 16 LEDs (+1 moonlight) across 7 color channels, a peak PAR of 100 at 24 inches depth, over a 24 x 24 inch area — all from a housing measuring 4.88 x 4.88 inches and weighing 0.95 lbs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHyperDrive — Power Goes Where You Want It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the technology the 16HD is named for. On an ordinary fixture, each color channel has a fixed power allotment: if you aren't running your whites, that power is simply wasted. The Prime 16HD dynamically redistributes power across channels — borrowing from the colors you aren't using to boost the ones you are.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn practice: a reefer running a heavily blue spectrum isn't throwing away the watts sitting in the white channel. They go into the royal blues.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe Spectrum in Detail\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination publishes the exact cluster composition:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4\u003c\/strong\u003e Cool White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4\u003c\/strong\u003e Blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4\u003c\/strong\u003e Royal Blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1\u003c\/strong\u003e Photo Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1\u003c\/strong\u003e Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1\u003c\/strong\u003e Violet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1\u003c\/strong\u003e UV\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1\u003c\/strong\u003e Moonlight (dedicated channel)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwelve of the sixteen LEDs are whites and blues — that's the engine of coral growth. The other five (photo red, green, violet, UV) are there for fluorescence and color rendering. The moonlight channel is independent: it simulates natural lunar color and intensity without touching the rest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTIR Optics\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Prime 16HD ships with custom-designed TIR lenses boasting over 90% optical efficiency, with a diffuse exit surface for improved color blending. AquaIllumination describes them as the best balance of power and spread.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat the PAR Number Actually Says\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeak PAR of \u003cstrong\u003e100\u003c\/strong\u003e, measured at \u003cstrong\u003e24 inches depth\u003c\/strong\u003e, across a \u003cstrong\u003e24 x 24 inch\u003c\/strong\u003e spread. That's the number to compare when you're shopping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhat it means for your corals: comfortable for softies, LPS, and zoas throughout the full height of a nano. For SPS, aim for the top of the rockwork, or bring the fixture closer to the water — PAR climbs fast as distance drops. On a tank wider than 24 inches, run two Primes rather than one: the spread is 24 x 24 inches, not more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eControl\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMobius:\u003c\/strong\u003e free iOS and Android app — 24-hour programming, scenes, groups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emyAI:\u003c\/strong\u003e also compatible\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeptune Apex:\u003c\/strong\u003e through Apex Fusion with the MXM module\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFan Maintenance — True of Every LED Fixture\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis applies to \u003cstrong\u003eevery LED fixture\u003c\/strong\u003e, whatever the brand: they cool through a fan, and a fan working through dust makes the unit run hot. Heat is one of the big causes of failure in aquarium lighting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination documents this officially for the Prime: the wire mesh fan guard can fill with dust and debris, and a clean fan grill is important to allow for proper cooling and ventilation. Here's their official cleaning video:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/lSAh13Tk9pA\" title=\"AquaIllumination Prime Fan Cleaning Instructions - Official Tutorial\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOur advice from the shop:\u003c\/strong\u003e blow the grill out with compressed air now and then, or wipe it when dust builds up. Two minutes of maintenance that extends the life of the fixture. The Prime seems more affected than others simply because there are far more of them out there — the rule is the same for any fan-cooled fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo vinegar or products here: this is dry dust, not calcium. Vinegar is for a pump impeller, not a fan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMounting — Sold Separately\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Prime 16HD includes no mount.\u003c\/strong\u003e The box holds the fixture, the power adapter, and the quick start guide. Three options exist:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTank Mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e brushed aluminum mount for rimmed or rimless tanks, with an adjustable ball joint to tilt and turn the fixture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanging Kit:\u003c\/strong\u003e cable suspension, same ball joint, brushed aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlex Arm:\u003c\/strong\u003e silicone-coated gooseneck arm, the most flexible option for a rimmed or rimless tank. Available in 12 and 18 inch lengths, wire-management clips included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePower consumption:\u003c\/strong\u003e 59W max draw\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLEDs:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16 + 1 moonlight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor channels:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7 (+1 moonlight)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOptics:\u003c\/strong\u003e TIR lenses, over 90% optical efficiency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePeak PAR:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 at 24in. depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 x 24in. (61 x 61cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.88 x 4.88 x 1.34in. (12.4 x 12.4 x 3.4cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.95lbs. (0.43kg)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal input range:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 to 240VAC \/ 50-60Hz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCable length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20ft. (6.1m)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePSU regulatory compliance:\u003c\/strong\u003e UL, CE \u0026 RoHS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x AI Prime 16HD Reef\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Power Adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Quick Start Guide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e the mounting hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthorized AquaIllumination dealer in Canada with technical support in French. Since mounting is sold separately, send us your tank dimensions and tell us whether it's rimmed or rimless — we'll tell you which part to order. Shipping across Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplementary products:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aqua-illumination-prime-16hd-reef-white\"\u003eAI Prime 16HD Reef White\u003c\/a\u003e — the same fixture in a white housing, if it suits your stand better\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aqua-illumination-tank-mount-for-prime-led-lighting-system-black\"\u003eAI Prime Tank Mount Black\u003c\/a\u003e — the brushed aluminum rim mount, with adjustable ball joint\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aqua-illumination-prime-flex-arm-mount-18\"\u003eAI Prime Flex Arm 18in.\u003c\/a\u003e — the gooseneck arm, the most flexible way to dial in height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aqua-illumination-prime-hanging-kit-black\"\u003eAI Prime Hanging Kit Black\u003c\/a\u003e — cable suspension, if you'd rather not clamp anything to the tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the AI Prime 16HD powerful enough for my nano reef?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a tank up to 24 x 24 inches, yes. AquaIllumination publishes a peak PAR of 100 at 24 inches depth across a 24 x 24 inch spread — comfortable for softies, LPS, and zoas throughout the full height of a nano. For demanding SPS, place them high in the rockwork or bring the fixture closer. If your tank is wider than 24 inches, you need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the AI Prime 16HD come with a mount?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, and this is the question we field most often. The box holds the fixture, the power adapter, and the quick start guide — nothing else. You choose between the Tank Mount (on the rim), the Hanging Kit (suspension), or the Flex Arm (gooseneck, in 12 or 18 inch). Write to us if you're unsure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do you clean the fan on an AI Prime 16HD?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination has an official video for it, embedded above. The manufacturer states that the wire mesh fan guard can fill with dust and debris, and that a clean fan grill is important to allow for proper cooling and ventilation. Our advice: compressed air now and then, or a wipe when dust builds up. This goes for every fan-cooled LED fixture, not just the Prime.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the AI Prime 16HD work with a Neptune Apex?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. AquaIllumination lists control through Apex Fusion with the MXM module, alongside the Mobius and myAI apps. So you drive the Prime from the same interface as the rest of your Apex system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many watts does the AI Prime 16HD actually draw?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e59W maximum. That's the figure in AquaIllumination's technical specifications table, and its parts store says the same thing — \"59W max draw.\" You'll sometimes see 55W quoted: that comes from AI's promotional copy, not its spec sheet.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Illumination","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":38011268268203,"sku":"653341190925","price":375.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/212458-aiprime-prime-16hd-black-led-lighting-cv1_3.webp?v=1774641456"},{"product_id":"aqua-illumination-prime-16hd-reef-white","title":"AI Prime 16HD Reef White 59W — Nano Reef LED HyperDrive 24x24in - AquaIllumination","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eAI Prime 16HD Reef\u003c\/strong\u003e in a white housing. Exactly the same fixture as the black version — same cluster, same spectrum, same 59W — in a finish that disappears better above a light-colored stand or a clear rimless tank. AquaIllumination calls it the world's most popular reef LED: 16 LEDs (+1 moonlight) across 7 color channels, peak PAR of 100 at 24 inches depth, a 24 x 24 inch spread, from a housing measuring 4.88 x 4.88 inches at 0.95 lbs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoosing between black and white is purely aesthetic. No difference in performance, spectrum, or price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHyperDrive — Power Goes Where You Want It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the technology the 16HD is named for. On an ordinary fixture, each color channel has a fixed power allotment: if you aren't running your whites, that power is simply wasted. The Prime 16HD dynamically redistributes power across channels — borrowing from the colors you aren't using to boost the ones you are.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn practice: a reefer running a heavily blue spectrum isn't throwing away the watts sitting in the white channel. They go into the royal blues.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe Spectrum in Detail\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination publishes the exact cluster composition:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4\u003c\/strong\u003e Cool White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4\u003c\/strong\u003e Blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4\u003c\/strong\u003e Royal Blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1\u003c\/strong\u003e Photo Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1\u003c\/strong\u003e Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1\u003c\/strong\u003e Violet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1\u003c\/strong\u003e UV\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1\u003c\/strong\u003e Moonlight (dedicated channel)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwelve of the sixteen LEDs are whites and blues — that's the engine of coral growth. The other five (photo red, green, violet, UV) are there for fluorescence and color rendering. The moonlight channel is independent: it simulates natural lunar color and intensity without touching the rest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTIR Optics\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Prime 16HD ships with custom-designed TIR lenses boasting over 90% optical efficiency, with a diffuse exit surface for improved color blending. AquaIllumination describes them as the best balance of power and spread.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat the PAR Number Actually Says\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeak PAR of \u003cstrong\u003e100\u003c\/strong\u003e, measured at \u003cstrong\u003e24 inches depth\u003c\/strong\u003e, across a \u003cstrong\u003e24 x 24 inch\u003c\/strong\u003e spread. That's the number to compare when you're shopping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhat it means for your corals: comfortable for softies, LPS, and zoas throughout the full height of a nano. For SPS, aim for the top of the rockwork, or bring the fixture closer to the water — PAR climbs fast as distance drops. On a tank wider than 24 inches, run two Primes rather than one: the spread is 24 x 24 inches, not more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eControl\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMobius:\u003c\/strong\u003e free iOS and Android app — 24-hour programming, scenes, groups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emyAI:\u003c\/strong\u003e also compatible\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeptune Apex:\u003c\/strong\u003e through Apex Fusion with the MXM module\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFan Maintenance — True of Every LED Fixture\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis applies to \u003cstrong\u003eevery LED fixture\u003c\/strong\u003e, whatever the brand: they cool through a fan, and a fan working through dust makes the unit run hot. Heat is one of the big causes of failure in aquarium lighting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination documents this officially for the Prime: the wire mesh fan guard can fill with dust and debris, and a clean fan grill is important to allow for proper cooling and ventilation. Here's their official cleaning video:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/lSAh13Tk9pA\" title=\"AquaIllumination Prime Fan Cleaning Instructions - Official Tutorial\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOur advice from the shop:\u003c\/strong\u003e blow the grill out with compressed air now and then, or wipe it when dust builds up. Two minutes of maintenance that extends the life of the fixture. The Prime seems more affected than others simply because there are far more of them out there — the rule is the same for any fan-cooled fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne detail specific to the white housing: dust shows less on white than on black. Go by the calendar, not by your eyes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo vinegar or products here: this is dry dust, not calcium. Vinegar is for a pump impeller, not a fan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMounting — Sold Separately\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Prime 16HD includes no mount.\u003c\/strong\u003e The box holds the fixture, the power adapter, and the quick start guide. Three options exist:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTank Mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e brushed aluminum mount for rimmed or rimless tanks, with an adjustable ball joint to tilt and turn the fixture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanging Kit:\u003c\/strong\u003e cable suspension, same ball joint, brushed aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlex Arm:\u003c\/strong\u003e silicone-coated gooseneck arm, the most flexible option for a rimmed or rimless tank. Available in 12 and 18 inch lengths, wire-management clips included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination offers the Tank Mount and Hanging Kit in black and silver. If aesthetics matter enough that you chose the white housing, write to us before ordering your mount — we'll tell you what we have in stock in each finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePower consumption:\u003c\/strong\u003e 59W max draw\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLEDs:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16 + 1 moonlight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor channels:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7 (+1 moonlight)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOptics:\u003c\/strong\u003e TIR lenses, over 90% optical efficiency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePeak PAR:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 at 24in. depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 x 24in. (61 x 61cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.88 x 4.88 x 1.34in. (12.4 x 12.4 x 3.4cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.95lbs. (0.43kg)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal input range:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 to 240VAC \/ 50-60Hz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCable length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20ft. (6.1m)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePSU regulatory compliance:\u003c\/strong\u003e UL, CE \u0026 RoHS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e white\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x AI Prime 16HD Reef\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Power Adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Quick Start Guide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e the mounting hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthorized AquaIllumination dealer in Canada with technical support in French. Since mounting is sold separately, send us your tank dimensions and tell us whether it's rimmed or rimless — we'll tell you which part to order. Shipping across Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplementary products:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aqua-illumination-prime-16hd-reef-black\"\u003eAI Prime 16HD Reef Black\u003c\/a\u003e — the same fixture in a black housing: same spectrum, same PAR, same price\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aqua-illumination-tank-mount-for-prime-led-lighting-system-black\"\u003eAI Prime Tank Mount Black\u003c\/a\u003e — the brushed aluminum rim mount, with adjustable ball joint\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aqua-illumination-prime-flex-arm-mount-18\"\u003eAI Prime Flex Arm 18in.\u003c\/a\u003e — the gooseneck arm, the most flexible way to dial in height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aqua-illumination-prime-hanging-kit-black\"\u003eAI Prime Hanging Kit Black\u003c\/a\u003e — cable suspension, if you'd rather not clamp anything to the tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's the difference between the white and black AI Prime 16HD?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe housing color, nothing else. Same 16-LED cluster, same spectrum, same 59W, same peak PAR of 100, same price. White blends better with a light-colored stand or a clear rimless tank; black disappears better above a dark setup. It's a styling decision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the AI Prime 16HD powerful enough for my nano reef?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a tank up to 24 x 24 inches, yes. AquaIllumination publishes a peak PAR of 100 at 24 inches depth across a 24 x 24 inch spread — comfortable for softies, LPS, and zoas throughout the full height of a nano. For demanding SPS, place them high in the rockwork or bring the fixture closer. If your tank is wider than 24 inches, you need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the AI Prime 16HD come with a mount?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, and this is the question we field most often. The box holds the fixture, the power adapter, and the quick start guide — nothing else. You choose between the Tank Mount (on the rim), the Hanging Kit (suspension), or the Flex Arm (gooseneck, in 12 or 18 inch). Write to us if you're unsure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do you clean the fan on an AI Prime 16HD?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination has an official video for it, embedded above. The manufacturer states that the wire mesh fan guard can fill with dust and debris, and that a clean fan grill is important to allow for proper cooling and ventilation. Our advice: compressed air now and then, or a wipe when dust builds up. This goes for every fan-cooled LED fixture, not just the Prime.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many watts does the AI Prime 16HD actually draw?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e59W maximum. That's the figure in AquaIllumination's technical specifications table, and its parts store says the same thing — \"59W max draw.\" You'll sometimes see 55W quoted: that comes from AI's promotional copy, not its spec sheet.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Illumination","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":38011268333739,"sku":"653341191021","price":375.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/212459-aiprime-prime-16hd-white-led-lighting-cv1.webp?v=1774642961"},{"product_id":"ecotech-marine-radion-rms-slide-xr15-g5-g6","title":"Ecotech Multi Light RMS - Xr15 G5 Slide Mount (also fits G4)","description":"Multi Light RMS mount\n\nFlexible Design to Fit Your Needs\n\nBecause the multi-light RMS is a modular system, choose the components that fit your needs. To build a mount you will need a set of arms, the right rail for your tank and the number and model of light mounts that fit your setup.\n\nIts as simple as A,B and C.\n\n\nRails In All Lengths\n\nTanks come in a lot of shapes and sizes. To accommodate the vast majority of commercially available and custom aquariums the RMS multi-light rails start at 20.5 inches and increase in 10 inch increments to 90.5 inch. The multi-light RMS allows for adjustment of the rail with respect to the arms  meaning that even if your tank is not a common length  there is a rail length that will work for you.\n","brand":"Ecotech Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":38011274592427,"sku":"212873","price":49.95,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/XR15-G5-slide-mount_316x316_jpg.webp?v=1775176083"},{"product_id":"ecotech-multi-light-rms-xr30-g5-slide","title":"Radion RMS Slide XR30 — G6 Multi-Light Rail Sliding Mount - EcoTech Marine","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eEcoTech Marine Radion RMS Slide XR30\u003c\/strong\u003e is the sliding mount that connects a Radion XR30 light fixture to the Multi-Light RMS system rail. This part slides into the RMS rail and allows you to precisely position your Radion XR30 by sliding it horizontally and pivoting it for optimal coral lighting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e The RMS Slide is an individual component of the Multi-Light RMS system. For a complete Multi-Light setup, you need three items sold separately: RMS arms (RMS Arm Pair), an RMS rail of the appropriate length for your aquarium, and one Slide per Radion fixture to be mounted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg style=\"max-width: 100%; height: auto; margin: 15px 0;\" alt=\"EcoTech Radion Multi-Light RMS complete system rail arm slide aquarium mount\" src=\"https:\/\/ecotechmarine.com\/wp-content\/uploads\/2020\/01\/G5_Multi_RMS.webp\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for Radion XR30 — not suitable for Radion XR15\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenerations:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compatible with Radion XR30 G5 and G6 (Blue and Pro)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSystem:\u003c\/strong\u003e Slides into all Multi-Light RMS rails (20.5 to 70.5 inches)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Multi-Light RMS System Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Multi-Light RMS system is modular and consists of three distinct elements:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA — RMS Arms (Arm Pair):\u003c\/strong\u003e Attach to the edges of the aquarium and support the rail horizontally\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eB — RMS Rail (Track):\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminum bar that spans the aquarium, available from 20.5 to 70.5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eC — RMS Slide (this part):\u003c\/strong\u003e Sliding mount that attaches to the Radion and slides on the rail\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou need one Slide per Radion fixture mounted. The same rail can accommodate both Radion XR15 and XR30 by mixing the corresponding Slides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack anodized aluminum — same finish as the rest of the RMS system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth sliding on the rail for precise horizontal adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRotation for optimal fixture orientation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated cable management\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePositions the Radion approximately 7 inches (18 cm) above the glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthorized EcoTech Marine dealer in Canada. Complete your Multi-Light RMS system with the EcoTech Marine Radion RMS Arm Pair — Support arm pair for Multi-Light rail, RMS Rails available from 20.5 to 70.5 inches — Horizontal aluminum bars for your aquarium length, the Radion XR30 Blue G6 or PRO G6 — 215W reef LED compatible with this Slide. Shipping across Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the RMS Slide XR30 work with a Radion XR15?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The XR30 Slide is designed exclusively for Radion XR30. For XR15, use the RMS Slide XR15, which is a distinct model. Both types of Slides can, however, coexist on the same rail if you combine XR15s and XR30s.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat do I need to mount two Radion XR30s on a 48-inch aquarium?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou need: 1 pair of RMS arms (Arm Pair), 1 RMS rail of 50.5 inches, and 2 XR30 Slides (one per fixture). The rail rests on the arms, and each Slide slides into the rail with the Radion attached to it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the RMS Slide XR30 compatible with Radion G6?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This Slide is compatible with Radion XR30 G5 and G6, Blue and Pro versions.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Ecotech Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":38011274657963,"sku":"XR727","price":49.95,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/212874-xr30-slide-xr727-1200x1200.jpg?v=1775175329"},{"product_id":"ecotech-marine-radion-g5-diffuser-xr30-g5","title":"Radion Diffuser XR30 — Magnetic Color Mixing Lens G5 G6 - EcoTech Marine","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eEcoTech Marine Radion Diffuser XR30\u003c\/strong\u003e is a magnetic accessory that attaches to the underside of your Radion XR30 to improve color blending and soften caustics (light reflections in the water). The result is a more natural and uniform appearance with only a minimal reduction in PAR. Compatible with Radion XR30 G5 and G6 (Blue and Pro).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/ecotechmarine.com\/wp-content\/uploads\/2022\/04\/G6-Diff-Float.webp\" alt=\"EcoTech Radion Diffuser floating magnetic lens color blend\" style=\"max-width:100%;height:auto;margin:15px 0;\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDiffuser Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImproved Color Blending:\u003c\/strong\u003e The diffuser material with optimized air gap merges the different LED channels for a visually more uniform spectrum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSofter Caustics:\u003c\/strong\u003e Light reflections in the water are more uniform and natural, reducing the \"disco effect\" that some reefers dislike\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMinimal PAR Reduction:\u003c\/strong\u003e The diffuser very slightly decreases light intensity — the difference is negligible for coral growth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnetic Attachment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Installs and removes in seconds without tools. Magnets integrated into the Radion frame hold the diffuser in place\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Cleaning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Magnetically remove the diffuser, clean the lens, and replace it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for Radion XR30 — not suitable for Radion XR15\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenerations:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compatible with Radion XR30 G5 and G6 (Blue and Pro)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot compatible with:\u003c\/strong\u003e Radion G3, G4 or XR15 — for XR15, use the Radion Diffuser XR15\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen to use a diffuser?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe diffuser is recommended if you find the caustics too pronounced or if the color blending between the different LED channels is not uniform enough for your taste. It is particularly popular in living room setups where lighting aesthetics are important. For aquariums where maximum PAR is a priority (SPS coral farms), the diffuser is not necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthorized EcoTech Marine retailer in Canada. Complementary products available: EcoTech Marine Radion XR30 Blue G6 — 215W actinic spectrum reef LED, EcoTech Marine Radion XR30 PRO G6 — 215W full spectrum reef LED, EcoTech Marine Radion RMS Single Mount XR30 — Aquarium mounting bracket, Radion Diffuser XR15 — Diffuser for XR15 models. Shipping across Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the XR30 diffuser compatible with the Radion G6?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The diffuser is designed for Radion XR30 G5 and also fits perfectly on the XR30 G6 Blue and Pro. The magn\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Ecotech Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":38011278459051,"sku":"653341195722","price":49.95,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/products\/ecotech-radion-light-diffuser-kit_b2f2da38-8474-41a1-b979-8f105d86ecad.jpg?v=1775334693"},{"product_id":"ecotech-marine-vectra-s2-dc-water-pump-version-2","title":"Ecotech Marine Vectra S2 DC Water Pump - Version 2","description":"\nVectra Version 2\n\nEcoTech Marine has set new standards for equipment in saltwater aquariums. The Vectra is no exception. The worlds smartest return pump can be run on a schedule, wirelessly give you updates on the operation and be automatically configured to work with your specific aquarium setup.\n\n\nFlow: 1,400 gph (5,300 lph)\nWireless: Included\nMax Head Pressure: 11.5 feet (3.5 m)\nFootprint: 3.8 in. x 6.5 in. (98.4mm x 165.4mm)\n\nFittings: Input: 1 in. (25 mm) Output: .75 in (19mm)\n\n\n\n\n\nFlexible Installation\nIncluded with the Vectra Pump are QuickCouple components, these fitted couplers provide the flexibility to make installation, cleaning and adjustments a breeze. The Vectra also boasts the ability to rotate the volute of the pump to adapt to the needs of your plumbing setup.\n\nEasy Connection\nFast Setup\nQuick Disassembly\nBritish Standard Pipe Threading\n\nInline or Submersible:\n\nVectra pumps feature a sealed motor and magnetic drive for internal and external operation as a return pump for Closed Loop flow. The Vectras flexibility will fit your needs for just about any setup that you wish to achieve.\n\nVectra Driver\nThe Vectra driver features EcoTechs QuietDrive technology.\n\nChoose between Return Pump or Closed Loop configuration\nAccess Vectra operational modes including Feed Mode\nQD Technology minimizes DC motor noise\nFully adjustable flow\nCommunicates with other QD and EcoSmart compatible devices\n\n","brand":"Ecotech Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":38011284488363,"sku":"653341196422","price":538.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/products\/29130_db076a75-eef1-4d38-8934-fca929e4bc79.jpg?v=1611577949"},{"product_id":"aqua-illumination-nero-3-wavemaker-1","title":"AI Nero 3 — Nano Reef Wavemaker Pump 2000 GPH Bluetooth Mobius 5-60 gal - AquaIllumination","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eAI Nero 3\u003c\/strong\u003e is the small one in AquaIllumination's Nero family: up to 2,000 GPH of flow from a housing whose wet side measures 1.54 x 2.25 inches. AquaIllumination rates it for aquariums from \u003cstrong\u003e5 to 60 gallons\u003c\/strong\u003e. Run it from an app, or straight from the single-button controller when your phone is across the house.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/iqLe8QUPbb4\" title=\"AquaIllumination Nero Tips and Tricks - Get the Most Out of Your Nero Pump\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBroad Flow, Not a Jet\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is what actually separates the Nero line. A traditional propeller design produces a hard, concentrated stream that irritates any coral sitting in its line of fire — you know the look: tissue pulled back, polyps that never extend on that side again. The Nero's propeller design pushes water in a wide pattern instead. It moves food, detritus, and free-floating particles without blasting corals directly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat's the whole job of a powerhead: kill the dead spots where detritus settles, and keep particles suspended long enough for your filtration to catch them. A narrow jet carves a corridor through the tank and leaves the corners alone. Broad flow works everywhere.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe 6 Flow Modes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination ships six modes on the Nero 3:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConstant:\u003c\/strong\u003e fixed flow at whatever rate you set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePulse:\u003c\/strong\u003e builds a wave by alternating flow — useful for lifting detritus out of hard-to-reach spots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRandom:\u003c\/strong\u003e randomized variation, the closest thing to a natural reef\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSchedule:\u003c\/strong\u003e a full daily schedule that cycles through modes and speeds across the day\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeed:\u003c\/strong\u003e pauses for feeding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAll-Off:\u003c\/strong\u003e complete shutdown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eControl\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMyAI or Mobius app:\u003c\/strong\u003e iOS and Android, both free\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMXM \/ Apex Fusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e for driving the Nero 3 from a Neptune Apex\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSingle-button controller:\u003c\/strong\u003e onboard, for changing speed and mode without a phone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMagnetic Mount\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe magnetic mount handles glass up to \u003cstrong\u003e0.5in. (13mm)\u003c\/strong\u003e and gives \u003cstrong\u003e15° of directional adjustment\u003c\/strong\u003e. You aim the flow where the tank needs it. On a nano, 15° is plenty — the distance to cover is short, and it's the propeller's wide pattern doing the work, not the angle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA fish guard is included. It protects slow and curious inhabitants — slow-swimming fish and the invertebrates that go exploring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eNero 3 Maintenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination recommends a \u003cstrong\u003efull disassembly and cleaning 4 to 6 times annually\u003c\/strong\u003e as preventative maintenance. The official video below walks through the complete teardown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/dFa6i3MEWmo\" title=\"How to Clean the Nero - AquaIllumination Disassembly and Cleaning\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat we see in the shop:\u003c\/strong\u003e it depends enormously on your tank. An aquarium growing a lot of algae clogs a pump fast — there, you'll be at it often. A clean, stable tank might do fine with twice a year. \u003cstrong\u003eThe real rule is to inspect\u003c\/strong\u003e: if flow drops, it's the impeller.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor soaking, we don't recommend vinegar — it's the old method and it's hard on plastics and rubber over time. A descaler built for aquarium equipment does the job without attacking the parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMax flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 2,000 GPH\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended aquariums:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 to 60 gallons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions (wet side):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.54in. x 2.25in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMax glass thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.5in. (13mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePower consumption:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 20W @ 120VAC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDirectional adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eControl:\u003c\/strong\u003e MyAI, Mobius, MXM (Apex Fusion), single-button controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Random, Pulse, Constant, Schedule, Feed, All-Off\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Nero 3 Powerhead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Fish Guard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Magnet Mounting System\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Power Supply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x User Guide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eNero 3, 5, or 7?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination's recommended ranges:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNero 3:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 2,000 GPH — aquariums from \u003cstrong\u003e5 to 60 gallons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNero 5:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 3,000 GPH — aquariums from \u003cstrong\u003e40 to 100 gallons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNero 7:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 4,000 GPH — aquariums from \u003cstrong\u003e80 to 500+ gallons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNote the overlap between 40 and 60 gallons: in that band, either works. The question becomes what corals you keep. A 50-gallon SPS-dominant tank will appreciate the Nero 5's headroom; the same tank running LPS and softies is well served by a Nero 3.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere's another approach, and it's often better than sizing up: \u003cstrong\u003etwo pumps instead of one.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two Nero 3s facing each other and synced in Mobius produce alternating movement that the same total flow from a single pump simply can't create.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthorized AquaIllumination dealer in Canada with technical support in French. Send us your tank dimensions and what corals you're keeping — we'll tell you whether the Nero 3 has it covered or you should step up. Shipping across Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplementary products:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/nero-5-submersible-pump\"\u003eAI Nero 5\u003c\/a\u003e — 3,000 GPH, for tanks from 40 to 100 gallons; also the natural partner for a Nero 3 in a larger tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aqua-illumination-nero-7-wavemaker\"\u003eAI Nero 7\u003c\/a\u003e — 4,000 GPH, for systems from 80 to 500+ gallons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/delete-tools-delete-16oz-450g\"\u003eDelete — Akua Design Descaler\u003c\/a\u003e — for the impeller soak at those 4 to 6 recommended annual cleanings: dissolves calcium buildup without attacking plastics and rubber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aqua-illumination-prime-16hd-reef-black\"\u003eAI Prime 16HD Reef\u003c\/a\u003e — AquaIllumination's nano light: same Mobius app, your whole tank in one interface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Nero 3 powerful enough for a 50-gallon aquarium?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. AquaIllumination rates the Nero 3 for aquariums from 5 to 60 gallons, so 50 sits inside the range. One caveat: if your tank is SPS-dominant and wants sustained flow, the Nero 5 (3,000 GPH, rated 40 to 100 gallons) gives you headroom instead of running a Nero 3 flat out around the clock. For a 50-gallon LPS or soft coral tank, the Nero 3 is the right call.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow often should you clean a Nero 3 pump?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination recommends a full disassembly and cleaning 4 to 6 times a year. Our shop experience: it depends heavily on the tank. An aquarium growing a lot of algae clogs a pump quickly and needs more frequent attention; a clean, stable tank can do fine with two cleanings a year. Best practice is to inspect — a drop in flow is almost always a scaled impeller. For the soak, an aquarium descaler beats vinegar, which is hard on plastics long term.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Nero 3 pump compatible with Neptune Apex?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. AquaIllumination lists control through MXM and Apex Fusion alongside the MyAI and Mobius apps. So you drive the Nero 3 from the same interface as the rest of your Apex system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan you run two Nero 3s together in the same tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, and it often beats one bigger pump. The Mobius and myAI apps handle multiple Nero pumps together: you can alternate them or sync them. Two Nero 3s mounted in opposition create water movement that changes direction — something a single pump, however powerful, doesn't reproduce.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat glass thickness does the Nero 3 handle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUp to 0.5in. (13mm). That covers the common thickness on nano and small reef tanks. If your glass is thicker, look at the Nero 5 or Nero 7, which take thicker panes.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Illumination","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":38011290288299,"sku":"231837","price":269.95,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/231837-aquaillumination-nero3-submersible-pump-cv1.webp?v=1774210737"},{"product_id":"aqua-illumination-fuge16-hd-led-black","title":"AI Prime Fuge 16HD Black 46W — Refugium LED Photo Red Spectrum - AquaIllumination","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eAI Prime Fuge 16HD\u003c\/strong\u003e isn't a repurposed reef light. It's a 46W fixture that AquaIllumination says is \"optimized to put all of its power towards growing algae, and grow it fast.\" Ten of its fourteen LEDs are red. That's the whole difference.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere the 46 Watts Go\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination publishes the exact power split per channel — a rare bit of transparency:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePhytoRed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 13.4W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCool White:\u003c\/strong\u003e 13.4W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUV:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.2W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd it up: 46W total, and \u003cstrong\u003e28.4W in the red\u003c\/strong\u003e. That's 62% of the fixture's power sitting in the wavelengths that put macroalgae to work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe Cluster\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination publishes the exact composition:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6\u003c\/strong\u003e Photo Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4\u003c\/strong\u003e Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2\u003c\/strong\u003e Cool White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2\u003c\/strong\u003e Violet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFourteen LEDs, ten of them red. Compare that to the Prime 16HD Reef: twelve of its sixteen LEDs are whites and blues. These are two fixtures built for two different kinds of photosynthesis, in the same housing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNote: AquaIllumination uses \"UV\" in its power breakdown and \"Violet\" in its LED list for the same channel. We're using both of its terms as given.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy a Dedicated Refugium Spectrum\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMacroalgae like chaetomorpha don't photosynthesize the way corals do. A reef fixture puts its power into blue and royal blue, because that's what zooxanthellae need. Macroalgae work in the red.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat's why a refugium lit by an old recycled reef light grows sluggishly: the spectrum is off target. Chaeto that grows fast is chaeto that consumes — it pulls nitrate and phosphate out of your water by building its own biomass. The more it grows, the more it exports.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003e80° Optics\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Prime Fuge ships with \u003cstrong\u003e80 degree\u003c\/strong\u003e lenses, custom designed, boasting over 90% optical efficiency, with a diffuse exit surface. AquaIllumination describes them as the best balance of power and spread.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eControl\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMobius:\u003c\/strong\u003e free iOS and Android app — 24-hour programming\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emyAI:\u003c\/strong\u003e also compatible\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeptune Apex:\u003c\/strong\u003e through Apex Fusion with the MXM module\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe classic refugium setup: run the light opposite your display. The chaeto works at night while your corals sleep, and system pH stays steadier across 24 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFan Maintenance — True of Every LED Fixture\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis applies to \u003cstrong\u003eevery LED fixture\u003c\/strong\u003e, whatever the brand: they cool through a fan, and a fan working through dust makes the unit run hot. Heat is one of the big causes of failure in aquarium lighting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination documents this officially for Prime fixtures: the wire mesh fan guard can fill with dust and debris, and a clean fan grill is important to allow for proper cooling and ventilation. Here's their official video:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/lSAh13Tk9pA\" title=\"AquaIllumination Prime Fan Cleaning Instructions - Official Tutorial\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOur advice from the shop, and it counts double here:\u003c\/strong\u003e a Fuge lives over a sump, inside a closed cabinet. It's humid, often dusty, and above all nobody ever looks at it. You see your display light every day; you open the cabinet door on your refugium twice a year. Put it on your maintenance calendar: compressed air on the grill, two minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo vinegar or products here: this is dry dust, not calcium.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMounting — Sold Separately\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Prime Fuge includes no mount.\u003c\/strong\u003e The box holds the fixture, the power adapter, and the quick start guide. It uses all the Prime mounting hardware:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTank Mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e brushed aluminum mount with adjustable ball joint, for rimmed or rimless tanks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanging Kit:\u003c\/strong\u003e cable suspension\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlex Arm:\u003c\/strong\u003e silicone-coated gooseneck arm, available in 12 and 18 inch lengths\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOver a sump, the Flex Arm is often the most practical: it bends around whatever else is crowding the cabinet and you dial in the height one-handed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePower consumption:\u003c\/strong\u003e 46W at full power\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePower split:\u003c\/strong\u003e PhytoRed 15W, Red 13.4W, Cool White 13.4W, UV 4.2W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLEDs:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 Photo Red, 4 Red, 2 Cool White, 2 Violet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOptics:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80° lenses, over 90% optical efficiency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.88 x 4.88 x 1.34in. (12.4 x 12.4 x 3.4cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.95lbs. (0.43kg)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal input range:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 to 240VAC \/ 50-60Hz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCable length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20ft. (6.1m)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePSU regulatory compliance:\u003c\/strong\u003e UL, CE \u0026 RoHS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination doesn't publish a PAR value or a coverage area for the Prime Fuge. We're not going to invent one: send us the dimensions of your refugium compartment and we'll tell you straight whether one Fuge covers it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x AI Prime Fuge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Power Adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Quick Start Guide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e the mounting hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthorized AquaIllumination dealer in Canada with technical support in French. We also carry chaetomorpha in the shop — send us your refugium dimensions and we'll tell you what to order. Shipping across Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplementary products:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aqua-illumination-prime-flex-arm-mount-18\"\u003eAI Prime Flex Arm 18in.\u003c\/a\u003e — the gooseneck arm: in a crowded cabinet, it's the easiest to position over a sump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aqua-illumination-tank-mount-for-prime-led-lighting-system-black\"\u003eAI Prime Tank Mount Black\u003c\/a\u003e — the brushed aluminum ball-joint mount, if your sump rim suits it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aqua-illumination-prime-hanging-kit-black\"\u003eAI Prime Hanging Kit Black\u003c\/a\u003e — cable suspension\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aqua-illumination-prime-16hd-reef-black\"\u003eAI Prime 16HD Reef Black\u003c\/a\u003e — the reef version of the same housing: 59W, blue spectrum, same Mobius app\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's the difference between the AI Prime Fuge and the Prime 16HD Reef?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpectrum and power. The Fuge draws 46W with a 14-LED cluster, ten of them red (6 Photo Red, 4 Red, 2 Cool White, 2 Violet) — built for macroalgae photosynthesis. The Reef draws 59W with 16 LEDs, twelve of them whites and blues, plus a dedicated moonlight channel. Same housing, same app, two different fixtures. The Fuge isn't a reef light, and the Reef isn't built for a refugium.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the AI Prime Fuge grow chaetomorpha?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat's exactly what it's built for. AquaIllumination says the Prime Fuge is optimized to put all of its power towards growing algae, and grow it fast. Its official power split backs that up: 28.4W of its 46W go into the red (PhytoRed 15W + Red 13.4W), the wavelengths where macroalgae work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat PAR does the AI Prime Fuge put out?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination doesn't publish a PAR value for the Prime Fuge, unlike its reef fixtures. If you see a number circulating elsewhere, it didn't come from the manufacturer. What AI does publish is the power split per channel: PhytoRed 15W, Red 13.4W, Cool White 13.4W, UV 4.2W. Send us your refugium dimensions and we'll tell you whether one Fuge covers it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the AI Prime Fuge come with a mount?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The box holds the fixture, the power adapter, and the quick start guide. The Fuge uses all the Prime hardware: Tank Mount, Hanging Kit, or Flex Arm in 12 or 18 inch. Over a sump inside a closed cabinet, the Flex Arm is usually the handiest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan you run the Fuge opposite your display lighting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, and it's the classic setup. The Mobius app lets you build an independent 24-hour schedule. By lighting the refugium while the display is off, the chaeto photosynthesizes at night and system pH stays steadier across the full day.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Illumination","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":38011311489195,"sku":"653341191328","price":424.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/16240_jpg.webp?v=1774643579"},{"product_id":"ecotech-marine-radion-rms-adapter-kit-xr15-g5-g6","title":"Radion RMS Adapter Kit XR15 — X-Bracket G5 G6 Single Arm Adapter - EcoTech Marine","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eEcoTech Marine Radion RMS Adapter Kit XR15\u003c\/strong\u003e allows you to update a pre-G5 (G3 or G4) RMS Single Arm mount to be compatible with Radion XR15 G5 and G6 lights. If you already own a previous generation RMS mount and have upgraded to a Radion XR15 G5 or G6, this kit saves you from buying a new full mount—installation takes only a few minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen do you need this kit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis adapter kit is only necessary if you own a pre-G5 (G3 or G4) generation RMS Single Arm mount and wish to mount a Radion XR15 G5 or G6 on it. If you purchase a new (G5\/G6) RMS Single Arm mount, the compatible X-bracket is already included, and you do not need this kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKit Contents\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x X-Bracket XR15 G5\/G6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x End Cap Adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x Mounting Screws (4 mm — for the end cap, not for the X-bracket)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Instruction Sheet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Lights:\u003c\/strong\u003e Radion XR15 G5 Blue, G5 Pro, G6 Blue, G6 Pro\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Mounts:\u003c\/strong\u003e RMS Single Arm XR15 (all generations) and Multi-Light Rail system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot compatible with:\u003c\/strong\u003e Radion XR30 — use the RMS Adapter Kit XR30 for XR30 models\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e The X-bracket included in this kit also works with the Multi-Light Rail system. If you're switching from a pre-G5 Single Arm to a Multi-Light system, this bracket slides directly into the rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose ReefSolution?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthorized EcoTech Marine dealer in Canada. Complementary products available: EcoTech Marine Radion XR15 Blue G6 — compact 95W actinic spectrum reef LED, EcoTech Marine Radion XR15 PRO G6 — compact 95W full spectrum reef LED, EcoTech Marine Radion RMS Single Mount XR15 — new complete mount compatible with G3-G6. Shipping across Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need this adapter kit if I buy a new RMS Single Arm XR15?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. New RMS Single Arm mounts (G5\/G6 version) already include the X-bracket compatible with Radion XR15 G5 and G6. This kit is only needed if you own an older pre-G5 RMS mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the RMS Adapter Kit XR15 work with the Radion XR30?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The XR15 X-bracket is not compatible with the wider Radion XR30. To adapt an older RMS mount to the XR30 G5 or G6, use the Radion RMS Adapter Kit XR30.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit also work with the Multi-Light Rail system?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The included X-bracket is the same as the one used in the Multi-Light Rail system. It slides directly into the RMS rail if you decide to switch to a multi-fixture mounting.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Ecotech Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39380839006379,"sku":"XR704","price":28.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/products\/29115.jpg?v=1775177087"},{"product_id":"aquaillumination-hms-bracket-hydra-52-64","title":"HMS Hydra 52\/64 Bracket — Mounts Hydra 64HD to the HMS Rail - AquaIllumination","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eHMS Hydra 52\/64 bracket\u003c\/strong\u003e is the part that connects your fixture to the HMS rail. Per AquaIllumination, it lets you mount one \u003cstrong\u003eHydra 52 or Hydra 64\u003c\/strong\u003e to the HMS rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's a connector, not a complete mount. Read the following before ordering — there are two cases where you don't need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003e⚠️ The HMS Rail Is Sold Separately\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis bracket does nothing on its own. It attaches your fixture to an \u003cstrong\u003eHMS rail\u003c\/strong\u003e, and the rail is sold separately. Per AquaIllumination, the HMS rail comes in lengths from \u003cstrong\u003e24 to 72 inches\u003c\/strong\u003e and is compatible with both the HMS 2-arm kit and the HMS Hanging Kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe don't stock HMS rails, but we're an authorized AquaIllumination dealer — \u003cstrong\u003ewrite us and we'll order one for you\u003c\/strong\u003e along with the bracket. That way you don't end up with a part you can't use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003e⚠️ It's Already Included with HMS Single Arm Kits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination states it plainly: \u003cstrong\u003ethe 52\/64 bracket is included with HMS Single Arm kits.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSo if you're mounting \u003cem\u003eone\u003c\/em\u003e fixture and you buy the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aquaillumination-hydra-edge-mounting-bracket-hms\"\u003eHMS Single Arm Kit\u003c\/a\u003e, the bracket is already in the box. Don't buy this one on top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSo Who Needs This Bracket?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo cases, essentially:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou're adding a fixture\u003c\/strong\u003e to an HMS rail you already have. Every fixture on the rail needs its own bracket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou lost or broke\u003c\/strong\u003e the original bracket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you're in either of those, this is exactly the right part.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe Hydra 64HD Mounts by HMS Only\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn important fact AquaIllumination documents officially: \u003cstrong\u003ebecause of its size, the Hydra 64HD can only be mounted using HMS mounting or hanging systems.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo flex arm, no ordinary tank mount, no alternative. If you have a 64HD, HMS is your only route — and this bracket is part of it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe HMS System in Brief\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePer AquaIllumination, the Hydra Mounting System is designed to provide an easy to use, adjustable tank mount solution for the Hydra TwentySix, Hydra FiftyTwo and Hydra HD LEDs. It allows \u003cstrong\u003evertical, horizontal and rotational\u003c\/strong\u003e adjustment, with a slim profile and integrated cord management.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe configurations the manufacturer lists:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e single and dual arm configurations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanging:\u003c\/strong\u003e with the HMS Hanging Kit, individual or multiple lights\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRail:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 to 72in., compatible with the 2-arm kit and the hanging kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHydra 52\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eHydra 52HD\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHydra 64HD\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis bracket doesn't fit the Hydra Edge.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Edge 44HD and 68HD have their own adapter kits because of their edge mounts and pivoting capability — see the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aquaillumination-hydra-edge-mounting-bracket-hms\"\u003eHydra Edge mounting kit\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIt doesn't fit Prime fixtures either.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Prime has its own hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFunction:\u003c\/strong\u003e attach a Hydra 52, 52HD or 64HD fixture to an HMS rail\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e one bracket per fixture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHMS rail:\u003c\/strong\u003e not included — sold separately, available by order\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLight:\u003c\/strong\u003e not included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthorized AquaIllumination dealer in Canada with technical support in French. HMS mounting is a modular system where it's easy to order the wrong part — tell us your fixture model, how many you're mounting, and what you already own, and we'll give you the exact list. Shipping across Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplementary products:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aquaillumination-hydra-edge-mounting-bracket-hms\"\u003eHMS Single Arm Kit and Hydra Edge brackets\u003c\/a\u003e — the single-fixture mounting arm: note the 52\/64 bracket is already included with it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/hydra-edge-68hd-reef-led-light\"\u003eHydra Edge 68HD\u003c\/a\u003e — the modern successor to the 64HD: 135W, if you're thinking replace rather than repair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aqua-illumination-hydra-32-18-inch-flex-arm\"\u003eAI Hydra Flex Arm 18in.\u003c\/a\u003e — the flexible arm for the Hydra 32HD: another mounting route, but not for the 64HD\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aquaillumination-hydra-edge-hanging-kit\"\u003eHydra Edge Hanging Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — the all-included suspension, if you're moving to an Edge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the HMS 52\/64 bracket work with a Hydra 64HD?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. AquaIllumination states this bracket lets you mount a Hydra 52 or Hydra 64 to the HMS rail. It covers the Hydra 52HD as well. And this matters: per AquaIllumination, the Hydra 64HD, because of its size, can only be mounted using HMS systems — there's no alternative.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need an HMS rail to use this bracket?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The bracket connects the fixture to the rail; it doesn't work alone. The HMS rail comes in 24 to 72in. and is sold separately. We don't stock rails but we can order them — write us before placing your order so we can put the whole thing together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the bracket included with the HMS Single Arm Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. AquaIllumination specifies that the 52\/64 bracket is included with HMS Single Arm kits. If you're mounting one fixture with a Single Arm kit, don't buy this bracket on top. It's mainly for adding a fixture to an existing rail, or replacing a lost bracket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many brackets do I need for two fixtures?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo — one per fixture. The HMS rail lets you mount several Hydras side by side, but each fixture needs its own bracket to attach to it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this bracket work with a Hydra Edge or a Prime?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, neither. The Hydra Edge requires its own size-specific adapter kits (44HD or 68HD) because of its edge mounts and pivoting capability. The Prime has entirely separate hardware. This bracket is for the Hydra 52, 52HD and 64HD only.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Illumination","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39381364768939,"sku":"","price":32.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/products\/aqua_illumination_hydra52_bracket.jpg?v=1774648741"},{"product_id":"aquaillumination-ext-kit-suspension-sol-vega","title":"EXT Hanging Kit — 96 in. Adjustable Cables for AI Sol and Vega - AquaIllumination","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eEXT Hanging Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e suspends an \u003cstrong\u003eAI Sol\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003eAI Vega\u003c\/strong\u003e lighting module above your aquarium, using \u003cstrong\u003e96 inch (8 foot)\u003c\/strong\u003e adjustable cables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a previous-generation part. Here's the straight story on what that means.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003e⚠️ Read This Before Ordering\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo things to know, and we'd rather tell you now than have you disappointed when the box arrives:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1. EXT rails are required and sold separately.\u003c\/strong\u003e This kit only works with EXT rails. We don't stock them, and because the EXT system is a previous generation, we can't order them either. If you already have your rails, great. If not, this kit won't do anything for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2. It's a legacy part.\u003c\/strong\u003e The AI Sol and AI Vega left AquaIllumination's catalog years ago, and so did the EXT system. We have one unit, and when it's gone it won't be replaced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It's For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne specific person: someone still running an \u003cstrong\u003eAI Sol or AI Vega\u003c\/strong\u003e, who \u003cstrong\u003ealready has EXT rails\u003c\/strong\u003e, and wants to move from a tank mount to suspension — or replace a worn kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf that's you: these parts have become hard to find in Canada. This one is new, in the box, in Laval.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat the Kit Does\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCombined with EXT rails, it lets you hang \u003cstrong\u003eone or several\u003c\/strong\u003e fixtures above the tank. The 96 inch adjustable cables let you pick the height — 8 feet covers just about any residential ceiling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe advantage of suspension is the same in 2012 as in 2026: your tank rim stays clear, and you tune the fixture height instead of living with it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Note on Sourcing — We'll Be Straight With You\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination \u003cstrong\u003eno longer documents the EXT system\u003c\/strong\u003e on its site. The specs above (96 inch cables, rails in black and silver, AI Sol and Vega compatibility) come from \u003cstrong\u003eCoralVue, AquaIllumination's distributor\u003c\/strong\u003e — not from the manufacturer directly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSome distribution sources also mention Hydra HD compatibility through EXT rails. We haven't confirmed that with AquaIllumination, so we won't claim it. \u003cstrong\u003eIf that's your situation, write us before ordering\u003c\/strong\u003e and we'll look at it together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e AI Sol and AI Vega modules\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCables:\u003c\/strong\u003e adjustable, 96in. (8ft.)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEXT rails:\u003c\/strong\u003e required, not included, not sold here\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLight:\u003c\/strong\u003e not included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStatus:\u003c\/strong\u003e previous-generation part — not restocked once sold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpec source:\u003c\/strong\u003e CoralVue, AquaIllumination distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIf You're Replacing Rather Than Repairing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn AI Sol or Vega is a fine machine that's had its run — but the performance gap against today's LEDs is enormous, in spectrum and in power draw both. If you're torn between fixing the mount and changing the fixture, write us: we'll tell you honestly what's worth it in your case, even if the answer is \"keep what you've got.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthorized AquaIllumination dealer in Canada with technical support in French. We keep previous-generation parts listed because people are still running those systems, and they deserve to find them somewhere. Write us before ordering if you have any doubt about compatibility. Shipping across Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplementary products:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aquaillumination-hydra-edge-hanging-kit\"\u003eHydra Edge Hanging Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — the modern equivalent: all-included suspension, no rail required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aqua-illumination-prime-hanging-kit-black\"\u003eAI Prime Hanging Kit Black\u003c\/a\u003e — the suspension for Prime fixtures, in brushed aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/hydra-edge-44hd\"\u003eHydra Edge 44HD\u003c\/a\u003e — the current replacement for a Sol or Vega: 95W, Mobius app\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aquaillumination-hms-bracket-hydra-52-64\"\u003eHMS Hydra 52\/64 Bracket\u003c\/a\u003e — the other previous-generation mounting part we keep listed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the EXT Hanging Kit work without EXT rails?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The kit is for use with EXT rails only, sold separately. We don't stock the rails and can't order them — the EXT system is a previous generation. This kit is for people who already have their rails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long are the EXT kit's cables?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e96 inches, that's 8 feet, and they're adjustable. Per CoralVue, AquaIllumination's distributor, that covers just about any residential ceiling height. AquaIllumination no longer publishes this information on its site.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the EXT kit work with a Hydra HD?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe can't confirm it. Some distribution sources mention Hydra HD compatibility through EXT rails, but AquaIllumination no longer documents the EXT system — so we won't claim it. Write us with your exact model before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan you still buy parts for an AI Sol or Vega?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLess and less. These fixtures left AquaIllumination's catalog years ago. We keep listed what we have — this one is new, in the box, a single unit. Once it's gone, it won't be replaced.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Illumination","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39381383610539,"sku":"","price":64.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/products\/EXT-HangingKit.jpg?v=1774648686"},{"product_id":"prime-eau-douce-noir","title":"AI Prime 16HD Freshwater Black 55W — Planted Aquarium LED with Moonlight - AquaIllumination","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eAI Prime 16HD Freshwater\u003c\/strong\u003e isn't a reef light with the spectrum toned down. It's a different fixture in the same housing, and AquaIllumination's LED list proves it: \u003cstrong\u003eten of its fifteen LEDs are white.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e55W, dedicated moonlight channel, Mobius app. AquaIllumination calls it perfect for your planted tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe Cluster — and Why It Matters\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination publishes the exact composition:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6\u003c\/strong\u003e Cool White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4\u003c\/strong\u003e Warm White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2\u003c\/strong\u003e Blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1\u003c\/strong\u003e Photo Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1\u003c\/strong\u003e Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1\u003c\/strong\u003e Moonlight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompare that to the Prime 16HD Reef: 4 Cool White, 4 Blue, 4 Royal Blue, 1 Photo Red, 1 Green, 1 Violet, 1 UV, plus 1 moonlight. Twelve of its sixteen LEDs are blues and cool whites.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Freshwater has \u003cstrong\u003etwo blues and no royal blue at all\u003c\/strong\u003e. No violet, no UV. Those are precisely the wavelengths coral zooxanthellae need — and they aren't there. That's a design choice, not a shortfall: freshwater plants work in a broad white spectrum, not deep blue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe 6 Cool \/ 4 Warm Mix\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the most interesting detail in the cluster. Six cool whites and four warm whites is what lets you shift your tank's color temperature without changing fixtures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMore cool: a crisp, clinical look, good for dense green plants. More warm: the reds in your fish and plants come forward and the tank reads more natural. The Photo Red and Green fill in — that's what avoids the blue-purple look of old \"plant\" fixtures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDedicated Moonlight Channel\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePer AquaIllumination, the dedicated moonlight channel simulates natural lunar color and intensity. It's a separate LED, not a hack with the blue channel at 5%.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWorth noting: the Prime Fuge doesn't have one. Of the three Primes, only the Reef and the Freshwater carry a moonlight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003e80° Optics\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Prime Freshwater ships with \u003cstrong\u003e80 degree\u003c\/strong\u003e lenses, custom designed, boasting over 90% optical efficiency, with a diffuse exit surface. AquaIllumination describes them as the best balance of power and spread.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eControl\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMobius:\u003c\/strong\u003e free iOS and Android app — 24-hour programming, per-channel control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emyAI:\u003c\/strong\u003e also compatible\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeptune Apex:\u003c\/strong\u003e through Apex Fusion with the MXM module\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFan Maintenance — True of Every LED Fixture\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis applies to \u003cstrong\u003eevery LED fixture\u003c\/strong\u003e, whatever the brand: they cool through a fan, and a fan working through dust makes the unit run hot. Heat is one of the big causes of failure in aquarium lighting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination documents this officially for Prime fixtures — the Freshwater shares the same housing as the Reef and the Fuge. Here's their official video:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/lSAh13Tk9pA\" title=\"AquaIllumination Prime Fan Cleaning Instructions - Official Tutorial\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOur advice from the shop:\u003c\/strong\u003e put it on your calendar, not in your memory. Compressed air on the grill, two minutes. It's true of every LED — the Prime just seems worse because there are more of them out there.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMounting — Sold Separately\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo mount is included.\u003c\/strong\u003e The box holds the fixture, the power adapter, and the quick start guide. The Freshwater uses all the Prime mounting hardware: Tank Mount, Hanging Kit, or Flex Arm in 12 and 18 inch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePower consumption:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55W at full power\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLEDs:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 Cool White, 4 Warm White, 2 Blue, 1 Photo Red, 1 Green, 1 Moonlight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOptics:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80° lenses, over 90% optical efficiency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.88 x 4.88 x 1.34in. (12.4 x 12.4 x 3.4cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.95lbs. (0.43kg)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal input range:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 to 240VAC \/ 50-60Hz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCable length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20ft. (6.1m)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePSU regulatory compliance:\u003c\/strong\u003e UL, CE \u0026 RoHS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHousing color:\u003c\/strong\u003e black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination doesn't publish a PAR value or a coverage area for the Prime Freshwater, unlike the Reef. We're not going to invent one: send us your tank's dimensions and depth and we'll tell you straight whether one Prime covers it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x AI Prime Freshwater\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Power Adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Quick Start Guide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e the mounting hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthorized AquaIllumination dealer in Canada with technical support in French. This model is a \u003cstrong\u003especial order\u003c\/strong\u003e — write us and we'll give you the exact lead time before you order. Shipping across Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplementary products:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/prime-eau-douce-blanc\"\u003eAI Prime 16HD Freshwater White\u003c\/a\u003e — the same fixture in a white housing, same price\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aqua-illumination-prime-flex-arm-mount-18\"\u003eAI Prime Flex Arm 18in.\u003c\/a\u003e — the gooseneck arm: 19in. flexible arm, for deep tanks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aqua-illumination-tank-mount-for-prime-led-lighting-system-black\"\u003eAI Prime Tank Mount Black\u003c\/a\u003e — the brushed aluminum ball-joint mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aqua-illumination-prime-16hd-reef-black\"\u003eAI Prime 16HD Reef Black\u003c\/a\u003e — the reef version: 59W, blue spectrum. Don't mix them up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan you use the AI Prime Freshwater on a reef tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Look at the LED list AquaIllumination publishes: the Freshwater has 2 Blue and that's it — no Royal Blue, no Violet, no UV. Those are precisely the wavelengths coral zooxanthellae need. For a coral tank, the Prime 16HD Reef is what you want.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's the difference between the Prime Freshwater and the Prime Reef?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpectrum and power. The Freshwater draws 55W with 15 LEDs, ten of them white (6 cool, 4 warm) and only 2 blue. The Reef draws 59W with 17 LEDs, eight of them blue (4 Blue, 4 Royal Blue) plus violet and UV. Same housing, same app, same mounts — two fixtures built for two different kinds of photosynthesis.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the AI Prime Freshwater have a moonlight channel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, a dedicated moonlight LED. Per AquaIllumination, it simulates natural lunar color and intensity. It's a separate channel, programmable independently in Mobius — not the blue channel dialed down to 5%.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat PAR does the AI Prime Freshwater put out?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination doesn't publish a PAR value for the Prime Freshwater, unlike the Prime Reef. If you see a number circulating elsewhere, it didn't come from the manufacturer. Send us your planted tank's dimensions and depth and we'll tell you what makes sense.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the mount included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The box holds the fixture, the power adapter, and the guide. The Freshwater uses all the Prime hardware: Tank Mount, Hanging Kit, or Flex Arm in 12 or 18 inch. No Prime fixture ships with mounting hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Illumination","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40489518006443,"sku":"653341191120","price":375.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/aqua_illumination_prime_freshwater_black_jpg.webp?v=1774648524"},{"product_id":"ecotech-marine-radion-xr30-blue-g6","title":"EcoTech Radion XR30 Blue G6 215W — Full Spectrum Reef LED HEI2","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe EcoTech Radion XR30 Blue G6 is the benchmark reef LED light for aquarists seeking maximum blue and fluorescence. The sixth generation of the Radion range, the G6 Blue integrates 395 nm UV diodes for unparalleled coral and fish fluorescence, a spectrum dominated by blue channels with the ability to adjust the rendering between deep actinic and crisp blue. The exclusive HEI2 optical system offers a diffusion angle of 126.3° for uniform PAR over nearly 4 feet of coverage — the best light spread in the industry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eG6 Spectrum — More blue, more fluorescence\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/ecotechmarine.com\/wp-content\/uploads\/2022\/05\/g6_spectrums.webp\" alt=\"EcoTech Radion G6 spectrum Blue and Pro comparison UV 395nm wavelengths\" style=\"max-width:100%;height:auto;margin:15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e395 nm:\u003c\/strong\u003e UV diodes unlocking additional fluorescence in corals and fish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e400-450 nm:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cluster rebalancing with more blue and deep blue for adjustable rendering between crisp and actinic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e460-580 nm:\u003c\/strong\u003e Reduced mid-range spectral output to concentrate power on wavelengths useful for photosynthesis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e665 nm:\u003c\/strong\u003e Far-red diodes for complementary photosynthesis and visual color balancing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHEI2 Optics — 126.3° Spread\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/ecotechmarine.com\/wp-content\/uploads\/2022\/04\/G6_Spread-Angle-Polar-Grid.webp\" alt=\"EcoTech Radion G6 spread angle HEI2 126 degree diagram\" style=\"max-width:100%;height:auto;margin:15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe G6's Hybrid Hemispherically Edge Illuminating (HEI2) optical system increases the output angle from 110.5° (G5) to 126.3°. The result is remarkably uniform PAR across the entire aquarium surface, with no hot spots or dead zones. The modification of the primary LED optics integrates with the secondary HEI lens geometry for optimal efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications — XR30 Blue G6\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/ecotechmarine.com\/wp-content\/uploads\/2022\/04\/G6-30-Blue-Specs.webp\" alt=\"EcoTech Radion XR30 Blue G6 specifications LEDs blue channels dimensions\" style=\"max-width:100%;height:auto;margin:15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e 215W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of LEDs:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 (8 Cool White, 32 Royal Blue, 32 Blue, 2 Red, 4x 395nm, 2x 405nm, 4x 415nm, 12x 430nm, 4 Warm White)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptics:\u003c\/strong\u003e HEI2 — 126.3° spread\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 x 18 x 3.9 cm (11.8 x 7 x 1.5 in)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2,041 g (4.5 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInput Voltage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100-240 VAC, 50\/60 Hz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePeak Inrush Current:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.0 A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eControl:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mobius App (iOS\/Android), Neptune Apex compatible via MXM\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 4 feet (120 cm) of uniform PAR\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBlue vs Pro — What's the difference?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XR30 Blue G6 emphasizes blue channels with 32 Royal Blue + 32 Blue for maximum fluorescence and actinic intensity. The XR30 Pro G6 offers a more balanced spectrum with 16 Cool White, 16 Blue, 6 Green, and more red — ideal for full rendering and photography. Both models share the same housing, power (215W), and HEI2 optical system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eExploded View\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/ecotechmarine.com\/wp-content\/uploads\/2022\/04\/Exploded-Radion.webp\" alt=\"EcoTech Radion G6 exploded view components HEI2 lens LED cluster heatsink\" style=\"max-width:100%;height:auto;margin:15px 0;\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBox Contents\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x EcoTech Radion XR30 Blue G6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x External Power Supply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Quick Start Guide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e RMS mounting system sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMounting Options — Sold Separately\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRMS Single Arm XR30:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single arm mount for one Radion XR30 on rimless or rimmed aquariums\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRMS Multi-Light:\u003c\/strong\u003e Anodized aluminum rail for multiple Radions, with sliding mounts and integrated cable management\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRMS Hanging Kit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ceiling hanging kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRadion G6 Diffuser:\u003c\/strong\u003e Magnetic accessory for improved color blending and more uniform caustics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eUpgrade from G5\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Radion G6 is built on the same heatsink and driver platform as the G5. An upgrade kit (G6 cluster + HEI lens) allows transforming an XR30 G5 into a G6, either Blue or Pro.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReefSolution offers the full EcoTech Marine range in Canada. Complete your setup with the RMS mounting system, the Radion G6 diffuser, or VorTech and Vectra pumps for a complete EcoTech ecosystem controlled via Mobius. Delivery across Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the Radion XR30 Blue G6 and the XR30 Pro G6?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Blue maximizes blue and UV channels for intense fluorescence and deep actinic rendering. The Pro offers a more balanced spectrum with more white, green, and red, ideal for natural rendering and coral photography. Both have the same power (215W) and housing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Radion XR30 G6 compatible with G5 RMS mounts?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The G6 uses the same housing and heatsink as the G5. All RMS mounts (Single Arm, Multi-Light, Hanging Kit, Slide Mount) are compatible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many Radion XR30s are needed for a 4-foot aquarium?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThanks to the 126.3° HEI2 optics, a single XR30 G6 covers up to 4 feet in width with uniform PAR. For a 4-foot aquarium with demanding SPS, two units provide superior coverage and PAR.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Ecotech Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41787160133803,"sku":"XR30G6BLUE","price":1419.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/products\/G6-30-Blue-Specs.webp?v=1775168387"},{"product_id":"ecotech-marine-radion-xr15-blue-g6","title":"Radion XR15 Blue G6 — Compact 95W Actinic UV HEI2 126° Reef LED - EcoTech Marine","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eEcoTech Radion XR15 Blue G6\u003c\/strong\u003e is the compact reef LED light fixture of choice for aquariums from 24 to 30 inches. With a square format of only 7 x 7 inches, it delivers 95 watts of concentrated power in the blue and UV spectrum thanks to 51 carefully selected diodes. As the sixth generation of the Radion platform, the XR15 Blue G6 integrates new 395 nm UV diodes for unparalleled coral and fish fluorescence, with the exclusive HEI2 optical system offering a 126.3° diffusion angle — ideal for nano and mid-size reefs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eG6 Blue Spectrum — More Blue, More Fluorescence\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg style=\"max-width: 100%; height: auto; margin: 15px 0;\" alt=\"EcoTech Radion G6 Blue and Pro spectrum UV 395nm wavelength comparison\" src=\"https:\/\/ecotechmarine.com\/wp-content\/uploads\/2022\/05\/g6_spectrums.webp\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XR15 Blue G6 removes the green, cyan, and lime LEDs from the G5 to concentrate all power in the channels most useful for coral fluorescence and photosynthesis:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e395 nm (UV):\u003c\/strong\u003e New diodes unlocking additional fluorescence in corals and fish — pigments invisible under previous generations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e400-450 nm:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rebalanced cluster with more blue and deep blue for a customizable rendition between crisp and actinic via Mobius\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e460-580 nm:\u003c\/strong\u003e Reduced mid-range spectral output to concentrate power on wavelengths useful for photosynthesis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e665 nm:\u003c\/strong\u003e Far red diode for complementary photosynthesis and visual color balancing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHEI2 Optics — 126.3° Spread\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg style=\"max-width: 100%; height: auto; margin: 15px 0;\" alt=\"EcoTech Radion G6 HEI2 126 degree spread angle diagram\" src=\"https:\/\/ecotechmarine.com\/wp-content\/uploads\/2022\/04\/G6_Spread-Angle-Polar-Grid.webp\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hybrid Hemispherically Edge Illuminating (HEI2) optical system of the G6 increases the output angle from 110.5° (G5) to 126.3°. The result is remarkably uniform PAR across the entire aquarium surface, with no hot spots or dead zones. The light reflects off the glass walls, reducing shadows and illuminating the underside of coral branches. A single XR15 Blue G6 covers an aquarium from 24 to 30 inches for soft corals, zoanthids, and LPS. For a mixed reef with demanding SPS, two XR15s side-by-side are recommended for optimal PAR coverage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications — XR15 Blue G6\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg style=\"max-width: 100%; height: auto; margin: 15px 0;\" alt=\"EcoTech Radion XR15 Blue G6 LED specifications blue channels dimensions\" src=\"https:\/\/ecotechmarine.com\/wp-content\/uploads\/2022\/04\/G6-15-Blue-Specs.webp\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e 95W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of LEDs:\u003c\/strong\u003e 51 (4 Cool White, 16 Royal Blue, 16 Blue, 1 Red, 2x 395 nm, 1x 405 nm, 2x 415 nm, 6x 430 nm, 2 Warm White, 1 Moonlight)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptics:\u003c\/strong\u003e HEI2 — 126.3° spread\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 x 18 x 3.9 cm (7 x 7 x 1.5 in)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1587 g (3.5 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInput Voltage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100-240 VAC, 50\/60 Hz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePeak Inrush Current:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.3 A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eControl:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mobius App (iOS\/Android) included — no separate controller required. Compatible with Neptune Apex via MXM\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aquariums from 24 to 30 inches (60-75 cm) in width and depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePre-configured profiles:\u003c\/strong\u003e SPS AB+, LPS, and others downloadable via the Mobius community\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eXR15 Blue vs XR15 Pro — What's the Difference?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XR15 Blue G6 focuses on blue channels with 16 Royal Blue + 16 Blue for maximum fluorescence and actinic intensity. The XR15 Pro G6 offers a more balanced spectrum with 8 Cool White, 8 Blue, 3 Green, and more red — ideal for a full Metal Halide-like rendition and coral photography. Both models share the same 7 x 7 inch housing, the same power (95W), and the same 126.3° HEI2 optical system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eXR15 vs XR30 — Which size to choose?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XR15 (7 x 7 in, 95W, 51 LEDs) is designed for aquariums from 24 to 30 inches — perfect for nano reefs, AIO, and mid-size tanks. The XR30 (11.8 x 7 in, 215W, 101 LEDs) covers aquariums from 36 to 48 inches and doubles the light output. For an aquarium over 30 inches, the XR30 is recommended. For long aquariums, two XR15s can provide more uniform coverage than a single XR30 due to better positioning of light sources.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eExploded View — Radion G6 Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg style=\"max-width: 100%; height: auto; margin: 15px 0;\" alt=\"EcoTech Radion G6 exploded view components HEI2 lens LED cluster heat sink\" src=\"https:\/\/ecotechmarine.com\/wp-content\/uploads\/2022\/04\/Exploded-Radion.webp\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe finned heat sink and silent fan maintain the LEDs at optimal temperature for maximum lifespan. The compact profile (1.5 inches in height) and anodized aluminum construction make the Radion G6 one of the most discreet LED fixtures on the market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMobius Control — Smart Programming\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg style=\"max-width: 100%; height: auto; margin: 15px 0;\" alt=\"EcoTech Mobius app Radion LED control programming spectrum smartphone\" src=\"https:\/\/ecotechmarine.com\/wp-content\/uploads\/2022\/04\/mobius_hero_2.0@2x-1-1.webp\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe free Mobius app (iOS\/Android) offers full control of each LED channel. Program sunrise\/sunset cycles, simulate cloud cover and thunderstorms, and download pre-configured profiles like the popular SPS AB+ directly from the community. Mobius also centralizes control of VorTech and Vectra pumps for a complete EcoTech Marine ecosystem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBox Contents\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x EcoTech Radion XR15 Blue G6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x External power supply with adapter cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Microfiber cloth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Mounting eyelets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Quick Start Guide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e RMS mounting system sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMounting Options — Sold Separately\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg style=\"max-width: 100%; height: auto; margin: 15px 0;\" alt=\"EcoTech Radion RMS Single Arm mounting on rimless aquarium\" src=\"https:\/\/ecotechmarine.com\/wp-content\/uploads\/2022\/04\/Single-Arm-Mounting.webp\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRMS Single Arm XR15:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single arm mount for one Radion XR15 on rimless or rimmed aquarium, 90° rotation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRMS Multi-Light:\u003c\/strong\u003e Anodized aluminum rail (20.5 to 70.5 in) for multiple Radions with sliding mounts and integrated cable management\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRMS Hanging Kit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ceiling suspension kit for minimal aesthetic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRadion G5\/G6 Diffuser:\u003c\/strong\u003e Magnetic accessory for improved color blending and more uniform caustics — compatible with G5 and G6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eUpgrade from G5\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Radion G6 is built on the same heat sink and driver platform as the G5. An upgrade kit (G6 cluster + HEI2 lens) allows converting a G5 XR15 into a G6. It is also possible to convert a Blue to a Pro or vice-versa with the same kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthorized EcoTech Marine dealer in Canada with technical support in French. Complete your setup with the EcoTech Marine Radion RMS Single Mount XR15 — Aquarium Mounting Bracket, the Radion G5 Diffuser XR15 — Magnetic Diffuser for uniform color blending, the EcoTech Marine VorTech MP10wQD — Compact wireless circulation pump for nano reefs, or the EcoTech Marine Vectra S2 — DC return pump for small to medium systems. Shipping across Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Radion XR15 Blue G6 sufficient for growing SPS?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The XR15 Blue G6 delivers 95W with a blue and UV-rich spectrum, sufficient for SPS growth in a 24 to 30 inch aquarium. For a demanding SPS reef in a wider tank, two side-by-side XR15s offer better PAR coverage than a single unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the Radion XR15 Blue G6 and the XR15 Pro G6?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Blue concentrates its power in the blue and UV channels to maximize fluorescence and actinic aesthetics. The Pro offers a balanced full spectrum with green LEDs and more warm white, similar to a Metal Halide rendition. Both have the same power (95W), the same 7 x 7 inch housing, and the same HEI2 optical system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Radion XR15 G6 compatible with G5 mounts and diffusers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The G6 uses the same housing and heat sink as the G5. All RMS mounts (Single Arm, Multi-Light Rail, Hanging Kit) and G5 magnetic diffusers are fully compatible. A G6-specific RMS Slide adapter kit is required for the Multi-Light Rail system.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Ecotech Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41787175436459,"sku":"XR15G6BLUE","price":751.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/products\/G6-15-Blue-Specs.webp?v=1775167769"},{"product_id":"ecotech-marine-radion-xr15-pro-g6","title":"Radion XR15 PRO G6 — 95W Compact Reef LED Full Spectrum HEI2 126° - EcoTech Marine","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eEcoTech Radion XR15 PRO G6\u003c\/strong\u003e is the compact, full-spectrum reef LED light fixture of choice for aquariums 24 to 30 inches. 7 x 7-inch square format, 95 watts, and 51 carefully selected diodes for a perfect balance of coral growth, color rendition, and fluorescence. The Pro version offers a full spectrum including green LEDs, more warm white and red – the same type of spectrum used in public aquariums, aquaculture facilities, and coral breeding laboratories worldwide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eG6 Pro Spectrum — Full Balance and Fluorescence\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg style=\"max-width: 100%; height: auto; margin: 15px 0;\" alt=\"EcoTech Radion G6 Blue and Pro spectrum comparison UV 395nm wavelengths\" src=\"https:\/\/ecotechmarine.com\/wp-content\/uploads\/2022\/05\/g6_spectrums.webp\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XR15 Pro G6 offers the most complete and balanced spectrum in the compact Radion range, with a rendition similar to Metal Halide lamps. The Pro cluster integrates green LEDs absent from the Blue model, more warm white and cool white for natural rendering and accurate color photography:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e395 nm (UV):\u003c\/strong\u003e New diodes unlocking additional fluorescence in corals and fish – pigments invisible under previous generations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e400-450 nm:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rebalanced blue and violet channels for optimal fluorescence and photosynthesis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e460-580 nm:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green LEDs and mid-range spectrum for natural color rendition and complementary photosynthesis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e665 nm:\u003c\/strong\u003e Far-red diodes for coral photosynthesis and visual balancing – the Pro integrates 2 red LEDs compared to 1 for the Blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHEI2 Optics — 126.3° Spread\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg style=\"max-width: 100%; height: auto; margin: 15px 0;\" alt=\"EcoTech Radion G6 HEI2 126 degree propagation angle diagram\" src=\"https:\/\/ecotechmarine.com\/wp-content\/uploads\/2022\/04\/G6_Spread-Angle-Polar-Grid.webp\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe G6's Hybrid Hemispherically Edge Illuminating (HEI2) optical system increases the output angle from 110.5° (G5) to 126.3°. The result is remarkably uniform PAR across the entire aquarium surface, with no hot spots or dead zones. Light reflects off glass walls, reducing shadows and illuminating the undersides of coral branches. A single XR15 PRO G6 covers a 24 to 30-inch aquarium for a full mixed reef. For a light-demanding SPS reef or a wider aquarium, two XR15s side-by-side are recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications — XR15 PRO G6\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg style=\"max-width: 100%; height: auto; margin: 15px 0;\" alt=\"EcoTech Radion XR15 PRO G6 LED specifications full spectrum channels dimensions\" src=\"https:\/\/ecotechmarine.com\/wp-content\/uploads\/2022\/04\/G6-15-Pro-Specs.webp\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e 95W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of LEDs:\u003c\/strong\u003e 51 (8 Cool White, 16 Royal Blue, 8 Blue, 2 Red, 3 Green, 2x 395 nm, 1x 405 nm, 2x 415 nm, 4x 430 nm, 4 Warm White, 1 Moonlight)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptics:\u003c\/strong\u003e HEI2 — 126.3° spread\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 x 18 x 3.9 cm (7 x 7 x 1.5 in)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,587 g (3.5 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInput Voltage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100-240 VAC, 50\/60 Hz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePeak Inrush Current:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.3 A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eControl:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mobius App (iOS\/Android) included — no separate controller required. Neptune Apex compatible via MXM\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aquariums 24 to 30 inches (60-75 cm) wide and deep\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePreconfigured Profiles:\u003c\/strong\u003e SPS AB+, LPS and others downloadable via the Mobius community\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eXR15 Pro vs XR15 Blue — What's the Difference?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XR15 PRO G6 offers a balanced full spectrum with 8 Cool White, 16 Royal Blue, 8 Blue, 3 Green, 2 Red and 4 Warm White — ideal for natural color rendition, growth of all types of corals, and accurate photography. The XR15 Blue G6 concentrates its power in the blue channels with 16 Royal Blue + 16 Blue without green LEDs — for maximum fluorescence and intense actinic rendition. Both models share the same 7 x 7 in housing, the same power (95W), and the same 126.3° HEI2 optical system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eXR15 vs XR30 — Which Format to Choose?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XR15 PRO (7 x 7 in, 95W, 51 LEDs) is designed for 24 to 30-inch aquariums — perfect for nano reefs, AIOs, and mid-size tanks. The XR30 PRO (11.8 x 7 in, 215W, 101 LEDs) covers 36 to 48-inch aquariums and doubles the light output. For a long aquarium, two XR15s can offer more uniform coverage than a single XR30 due to better positioning of light sources.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eExploded View — Radion G6 Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg style=\"max-width: 100%; height: auto; margin: 15px 0;\" alt=\"EcoTech Radion G6 exploded view components HEI2 lens LED cluster heatsink\" src=\"https:\/\/ecotechmarine.com\/wp-content\/uploads\/2022\/04\/Exploded-Radion.webp\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe finned heatsink and silent fan maintain the LEDs at optimal temperature for maximum lifespan. The compact profile (1.5 inches high) and anodized aluminum construction make the Radion G6 one of the most discreet LED fixtures on the market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMobius Control — Smart Programming\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg style=\"max-width: 100%; height: auto; margin: 15px 0;\" alt=\"EcoTech Mobius app Radion LED control spectrum programming smartphone\" src=\"https:\/\/ecotechmarine.com\/wp-content\/uploads\/2022\/04\/mobius_hero_2.0@2x-1-1.webp\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe free Mobius app (iOS\/Android) offers full control of each LED channel. Program sunrise\/sunset cycles, simulate cloud cover and thunderstorms, and download pre-configured profiles like the popular SPS AB+ directly from the community. Mobius also centralizes control of VorTech and Vectra pumps for a complete EcoTech Marine ecosystem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBox Contents\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x EcoTech Radion XR15 PRO G6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x External power supply with adapter cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Microfiber cloth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Mounting eyelets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Quick Start Guide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e RMS mounting system sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMounting Options — Sold Separately\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg style=\"max-width: 100%; height: auto; margin: 15px 0;\" alt=\"EcoTech Radion RMS Single Arm rimless aquarium mount\" src=\"https:\/\/ecotechmarine.com\/wp-content\/uploads\/2022\/04\/Single-Arm-Mounting.webp\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRMS Single Arm XR15:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single arm mount for a single Radion XR15 on rimless or rimmed aquariums, 90° rotation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRMS Multi-Light:\u003c\/strong\u003e Anodized aluminum rail (20.5 to 70.5 in) for multiple Radions with sliding mounts and integrated cable management\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRMS Hanging Kit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ceiling hanging kit for minimal aesthetics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRadion G5\/G6 Diffuser:\u003c\/strong\u003e Magnetic accessory for improved color blending and more uniform caustics — G5 and G6 compatible\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eUpgrade from G5\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Radion G6 is built on the same heatsink and driver platform as the G5. An upgrade kit (G6 cluster + HEI2 lens) allows transforming a XR15 G5 into a G6. It is also possible to convert a Pro to Blue or vice versa with the same kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthorized EcoTech Marine dealer in Canada with technical support in French. Complete your setup with the EcoTech Marine Radion RMS Single Mount XR15 — Aquarium Mounting Bracket, the Radion G5 Diffuser XR15 — Magnetic Diffuser for Uniform Color Blending, the EcoTech Marine VorTech MP10wQD — Compact Wireless Powerhead for Nano Reefs, or the EcoTech Marine Vectra S2 — DC Return Pump for Small to Medium Systems. Shipping across Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose the Radion XR15 PRO G6 over the Blue G6?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Pro offers a balanced full spectrum with green LEDs, more warm white and red — ideal for natural color rendition, growth of all types of corals, and accurate photography. The Blue maximizes blue and UV channels for intense actinic rendition and maximum fluorescence. If you want to see your corals in their true color during the day and enjoy the blue look in the evening, the Pro is the versatile choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Radion XR15 PRO G6 sufficient for growing SPS?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The XR15 PRO G6 delivers 95W with a full spectrum including wavelengths essential for coral photosynthesis. For a 24 to 30-inch aquarium with a mixed reef including SPS, a single unit is sufficient. For a wider tank or very PAR-demanding SPS, two XR15s offer optimal coverage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Radion XR15 PRO G6 compatible with G5 mounts and diffusers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The G6 uses the same housing and heatsink as the G5. All RMS mounts (Single Arm, Multi-Light Rail, Hanging Kit) and magnetic G5 diffusers are fully compatible. A G6-specific RMS Slide adapter kit is required for the Multi-Light Rail system.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Ecotech Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41798006505643,"sku":"XR15PROG6","price":751.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/products\/G6-15-Pro-Specs.png?v=1775169167"},{"product_id":"ecotech-marine-radion-xr30-pro-g6","title":"Radion XR30 PRO G6 — 215W Reef LED Full Spectrum 101 HEI2 126° LEDs - EcoTech Marine","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eEcoTech Radion XR30 PRO G6\u003c\/strong\u003e is the full-size, full-spectrum reef LED light designed for reefers who want a perfect balance of coral growth, color rendition, and performance. Used in public aquariums, aquaculture facilities, and coral breeding labs worldwide, the Radion Pro is the industry standard. With 215 watts, 101 diodes, and the 126.3° HEI2 optical system, the XR30 PRO G6 covers up to a 4-foot aquarium with uniform PAR.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eG6 Pro Spectrum — Full Balance and Fluorescence\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg style=\"max-width: 100%; height: auto; margin: 15px 0;\" alt=\"EcoTech Radion G6 Blue and Pro spectrum comparison UV 395nm wavelengths\" src=\"https:\/\/ecotechmarine.com\/wp-content\/uploads\/2022\/05\/g6_spectrums.webp\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Pro G6 model offers the most complete and balanced spectrum in the Radion range, with a rendition similar to Metal Halide lamps that have proven themselves in reef aquariums for decades. The Pro cluster incorporates green LEDs absent from the Blue model, more warm white and cool white for natural rendition and accurate photography:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e395 nm (UV):\u003c\/strong\u003e New diodes unlocking additional fluorescence in corals and fish — pigments invisible under previous generations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e400-450 nm:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rebalanced blue and violet channels for optimal fluorescence and photosynthesis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e460-580 nm:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green LEDs and mid-range spectrum for natural color rendition and complementary photosynthesis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e665 nm:\u003c\/strong\u003e Far red diodes for coral photosynthesis and visual balancing — the Pro integrates 4 red LEDs versus 2 for the Blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHEI2 Optics — 126.3° Spread\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg style=\"max-width: 100%; height: auto; margin: 15px 0;\" alt=\"EcoTech Radion G6 HEI2 126 degree spread angle diagram\" src=\"https:\/\/ecotechmarine.com\/wp-content\/uploads\/2022\/04\/G6_Spread-Angle-Polar-Grid.webp\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hybrid Hemispherically Edge Illuminating (HEI2) optical system of the G6 increases the output angle from 110.5° (G5) to 126.3°. The result is remarkably uniform PAR across the entire aquarium surface, without hot spots or dead zones. Light reflects off the glass walls, reducing shadows and illuminating the undersides of coral branches. A single XR30 PRO G6 covers a 48-inch aquarium for a mixed reef. For the most demanding SPS in PAR, two units are recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications — XR30 PRO G6\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg style=\"max-width: 100%; height: auto; margin: 15px 0;\" alt=\"EcoTech Radion XR30 PRO G6 specifications LEDs channels full spectrum dimensions\" src=\"https:\/\/ecotechmarine.com\/wp-content\/uploads\/2022\/04\/G6-30-Pro-Specs.webp\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e 215W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of LEDs:\u003c\/strong\u003e 101 (16 Cool White, 32 Royal Blue, 16 Blue, 4 Red, 6 Green, 4x 395 nm, 2x 405 nm, 4x 415 nm, 8x 430 nm, 8 Warm White, 1 Moonlight)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptics:\u003c\/strong\u003e HEI2 — 126.3° spread\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 x 18 x 3.9 cm (11.8 x 7 x 1.5 in)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2,041 g (4.5 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInput Voltage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100-240 VAC, 50\/60 Hz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePeak Inrush Current:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.0 A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eControl:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mobius App (iOS\/Android) included — no separate controller required. Compatible with Neptune Apex via MXM\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 4 feet (120 cm) of uniform PAR\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePreconfigured Profiles:\u003c\/strong\u003e SPS AB+, LPS, and others downloadable via the Mobius community\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePro vs Blue — What's the Difference?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XR30 PRO G6 offers a balanced full spectrum with 16 Cool White, 32 Royal Blue, 16 Blue, 6 Green, 4 Red, and 8 Warm White — ideal for natural rendition, growth of all coral types, and accurate photography. The XR30 Blue G6 concentrates its power in the blue channels with 32 Royal Blue + 32 Blue without green LEDs — for maximum fluorescence and intense actinic rendition. Both models share the same housing, power (215W), and 126.3° HEI2 optical system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eExploded View — Radion G6 Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg style=\"max-width: 100%; height: auto; margin: 15px 0;\" alt=\"EcoTech Radion G6 exploded view HEI2 lens LED cluster heatsink components\" src=\"https:\/\/ecotechmarine.com\/wp-content\/uploads\/2022\/04\/Exploded-Radion.webp\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe finned heatsink and silent fan keep the LEDs at optimal temperature for maximum lifespan. The compact profile (1.5 inches high) and anodized aluminum construction make the Radion G6 one of the most discreet LED lights on the market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMobius Control — Smart Programming\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg style=\"max-width: 100%; height: auto; margin: 15px 0;\" alt=\"EcoTech Mobius app Radion LED control programming spectrum smartphone\" src=\"https:\/\/ecotechmarine.com\/wp-content\/uploads\/2022\/04\/mobius_hero_2.0@2x-1-1.webp\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe free Mobius app (iOS\/Android) offers full control of each LED channel. Program sunrise\/sunset cycles, simulate cloud cover and thunderstorms, and download preconfigured profiles like the popular SPS AB+ directly from the community. Mobius also centralizes control of VorTech and Vectra pumps for a complete EcoTech Marine ecosystem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBox Contents\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x EcoTech Radion XR30 PRO G6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x External power supply with adapter cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Microfiber cloth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Mounting eyelets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Quick Start Guide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e RMS mounting system sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMounting Options — Sold Separately\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg style=\"max-width: 100%; height: auto; margin: 15px 0;\" alt=\"EcoTech Radion RMS Single Arm mounting on rimless aquarium\" src=\"https:\/\/ecotechmarine.com\/wp-content\/uploads\/2022\/04\/Single-Arm-Mounting.webp\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRMS Single Arm XR30:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single arm support for one Radion XR30 on rimless or rimmed aquarium, 90° rotation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRMS Multi-Light:\u003c\/strong\u003e Anodized aluminum rail (20.5 to 70.5 in) for multiple Radions with sliding mounts and integrated cable management\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRMS Hanging Kit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ceiling suspension kit for minimal aesthetics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRadion G5\/G6 Diffuser:\u003c\/strong\u003e Magnetic accessory for improved color blending and more uniform caustics — compatible with G5 and G6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eUpgrade from G5\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Radion G6 is built on the same heatsink and driver platform as the G5. An upgrade kit (G6 cluster + HEI2 lens) allows transforming an XR30 G5 into a G6. It is also possible to convert a Pro to Blue or vice versa with the same kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthorized EcoTech Marine retailer in Canada with technical support in French. Complete your installation with the EcoTech Marine Radion RMS Single Mount XR30 — Aquarium mounting bracket, the Radion G5 Diffuser XR30 — Magnetic diffuser for uniform color blending, the Radion RMS Adapter Kit XR30 G5\/G6 — Sliding mount for Multi-Light Rail system, or the EcoTech Marine VorTech MP40wQD — Wireless flow pump controlled via Mobius. Shipping across Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose the Radion XR30 PRO G6 rather than the Blue G6?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Pro offers a balanced full spectrum with green LEDs, more warm white and red — ideal for natural color rendition, growth of all coral types, and accurate photography. The Blue maximizes blue and UV channels for intense actinic rendition and maximum fluorescence. If you want to see your corals in their true color during the day and enjoy the blue at night, the Pro is the versatile choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many Radion XR30 PRO G6 units are needed for a 4-foot reef aquarium?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThanks to the 126.3° HEI2 optics, a single XR30 PRO G6 covers up to 4 feet in width with uniform PAR sufficient for a mixed reef. For an aquarium dominated by light-demanding SPS, two units offer superior PAR coverage and eliminate shadow areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Radion XR30 PRO G6 compatible with RMS mounts and the G5 diffuser?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The G6 uses the same housing and heatsink as the G5. All RMS mounts (Single Arm, Multi-Light Rail, Hanging Kit) and G5 magnetic diffusers are fully compatible. A G6-specific RMS Slide adapter kit is required for the Multi-Light Rail system.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Ecotech Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41798034620587,"sku":"XR30PROG6","price":1419.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/products\/G6-30-Pro-Specs.png?v=1775168695"},{"product_id":"aqua-illumination-hydra-32-18-inch-flex-arm","title":"AI Hydra Flex Arm 18 in — Silicone Flex Mount Hydra 32HD Rimless\/Rimmed - AquaIllumination","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eAI Hydra Flex Arm 18 in\u003c\/strong\u003e is the simplest, cleanest mount for your AquaIllumination Hydra 32HD fixture. A flexible 45.7 cm gooseneck, silicone-coated, that bends exactly where you want it and stays there. No rail, no ceiling suspension, no drilling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination specifies the Hydra Flex Arm for the \u003cstrong\u003eHydra 32HD\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHave a Hydra 26, 52, or 64HD?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Flex Arm isn't the right mount for you. AquaIllumination's HMS (Hydra Mounting System) officially covers the Vega, Hydra, Hydra 26\/HD, Hydra 52\/HD, Hydra 32HD, and Hydra 64HD. We stock it — it's the solution designed for your fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHave a Hydra Edge 44HD?\u003c\/strong\u003e AquaIllumination offers an adapter that lets you use an existing Flex Arm with the Edge 44HD, sold separately. Note: AquaIllumination does not recommend the Flex Arm for the Hydra Edge 68HD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRimmed or rimless\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe clamp assembly attaches to the glass, with or without a rim. It's the most flexible mount in the AquaIllumination range for both tank types — the arm swivels in its mount, letting you position the fixture exactly over the area you want to light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWire-management clips are included. The fixture's cord follows the arm instead of hanging in your line of sight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination's official procedure is 6 steps and needs no specialized tools:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the fan cover from your Hydra by pulling up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlide the back plate into the heatsink, lining up the holes with those in the middle of the heatsink\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInsert the screws, making sure they go into the back plate, tighten, then reinsert the fan cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the clamp assembly onto the tank and tighten securely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInsert the flex arm into the arm mount hole and tighten the set screw with the included 3\/32 allen key\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScrew the bracket onto the flex arm, then bend the arm to the desired position\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mount uses holes already present in the middle of your fixture's heatsink. That's what explains why compatibility depends on the exact model: not every Hydra has that drilling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 in (45.7 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArm:\u003c\/strong\u003e silicone-coated flexible gooseneck\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e AI Hydra 32HD\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTank type:\u003c\/strong\u003e rimmed or rimless\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e flex arm, light bracket, back plate, clamp assembly, 3\/32 allen key, wire-management clips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 653341195128\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthorized AquaIllumination dealer in Canada with technical support in French. If you're unsure of your Hydra's exact model, send us a photo of the back of the fixture and we'll tell you which mount suits you. Delivery across Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplementary products:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aquaillumination-hms-bracket-hydra-52-64\"\u003eAquaIllumination HMS Mounting Bracket for Hydra 52\/64\u003c\/a\u003e — the official mount if you have a Hydra 26, 52, or 64HD rather than a 32HD\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aqua-illumination-prime-flex-arm-mount-18\"\u003eAI Prime Flex Arm 18 in\u003c\/a\u003e — the same flexible-arm concept, for AI Prime 16HD and Prime Fuge fixtures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aqua-illumination-tank-mount-for-prime-led-lighting-system-black\"\u003eAI Prime Tank Mount Black\u003c\/a\u003e — rigid brushed aluminum bracket if you prefer a fixed position to a gooseneck\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the Hydra Flex Arm work with my Hydra 64HD?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination specifies the Flex Arm for the Hydra 32HD in its technical documentation. For a Hydra 64HD, the mount officially listed by AquaIllumination is the HMS, which covers the Vega, Hydra, 26\/HD, 52\/HD, 32HD, and 64HD. If you're unsure, write to us with your exact model before ordering — we'll confirm it together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the arm really hold its position?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The gooseneck keeps whatever position you bend it into, and the fixture is bolted to the heatsink via a back plate, not simply clipped on. The silicone sleeve covers the flexible portion: it protects the mechanism from saltwater splashes and gives a clean finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it on a rimless tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the clamp assembly is designed for both. That's exactly the Flex Arm's advantage over a hanging kit: it attaches directly to the glass, with nothing hooked to the ceiling and no drilling into the cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Illumination","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42054836322475,"sku":"653341195128","price":99.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/products\/ai-hydra-led-flex-arm.jpg?v=1661013059"},{"product_id":"ecotech-vortech-mp40qd-dry-side-motor","title":"Ecotech Vortech MP40QD Dry Side Motor","description":"\u003ch1 class=\"product-title\"\u003e Ecotech Vortech MP40QD Dry Side Motor\u003c\/h1\u003e","brand":"Ecotech Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42653803479211,"sku":"MP001","price":341.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/Ecotech-Marine-MP10QD-Dry-Side-Assembly-Motor.jpg?v=1682454950"},{"product_id":"aqua-illumination-nero-7-wavemaker","title":"AI Nero 7 — Reef Wavemaker 4000 GPH Bluetooth Mobius 80-500 gal - AquaIllumination","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eAI Nero 7\u003c\/strong\u003e is the big one in AquaIllumination's Nero family: up to 4,000 GPH from a housing just 3.38 inches in diameter. AquaIllumination rates it for aquariums from \u003cstrong\u003e80 to 500+ gallons\u003c\/strong\u003e. It's also the only Nero that takes glass up to 0.79in. (20mm) — and on a large tank, that changes everything.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/l4SEL1B8OL8\" title=\"The All NEW AI Nero 7 - Uncompromising Flow for Larger Reef Tanks\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThick Glass: The Real Reason to Choose the Nero 7\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEveryone talks about flow, but on a large tank it's often glass thickness that decides. The official ranges for all three Neros:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNero 3:\u003c\/strong\u003e glass up to 0.5in. (13mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNero 5:\u003c\/strong\u003e glass up to 0.63in. (16mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNero 7:\u003c\/strong\u003e glass up to \u003cstrong\u003e0.79in. (20mm)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea states that its REEFER G3 aquariums are built from ultra-clear glass with thickness reaching \u003cstrong\u003eup to 19mm (0.75in.)\u003c\/strong\u003e, varying by model. On the thickest models in that range, the Nero 7 is the only one of the three covered by its official spec — the Nero 5's magnetic mount stops at 16mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasure your glass before ordering\u003c\/strong\u003e, whatever brand your tank is. It's a thirty-second check that saves you a return. If you're unsure, send us your exact model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBroad Flow, Not a Jet\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the Nero line's signature, and it matters even more at 4,000 GPH. A traditional propeller produces a hard, concentrated stream: at this output, it would strip the corals in its line of fire. The Nero's propeller design pushes water in a wide pattern instead — keeping detritus suspended, food circulating, and low-flow zones eliminated, without blasting corals directly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn a 200-gallon tank, the dead spots hide in the corners and behind the rockwork. That's where detritus settles and nitrates climb. Broad flow clears them out; a narrow jet carves a corridor and misses them entirely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe 6 Flow Modes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConstant:\u003c\/strong\u003e fixed flow at whatever rate you set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePulse:\u003c\/strong\u003e builds a wave by alternating flow — on a large volume, this is the mode that lifts detritus out of the hard spots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRandom:\u003c\/strong\u003e randomized variation, the closest thing to a natural reef\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSchedule:\u003c\/strong\u003e a full daily schedule cycling through modes and speeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeed:\u003c\/strong\u003e pauses for feeding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAll-Off:\u003c\/strong\u003e complete shutdown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/iqLe8QUPbb4\" title=\"AquaIllumination Nero Tips and Tricks - Get the Most Out of Your Nero Pump\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eControl\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMyAI or Mobius app:\u003c\/strong\u003e iOS and Android, both free\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMXM \/ Apex Fusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e for driving the Nero 7 from a Neptune Apex\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSingle-button controller:\u003c\/strong\u003e onboard, for adjusting speed and mode without a phone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn a large tank you rarely run just one pump. The apps handle multiple Neros together: alternate them or sync them, regardless of model. A Nero 7 and a Nero 5 in opposition produce circulation a single pump can't reproduce.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMagnetic Mount\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe magnetic mount takes glass up to \u003cstrong\u003e0.79in. (20mm)\u003c\/strong\u003e and gives \u003cstrong\u003e15° of directional adjustment\u003c\/strong\u003e. The housing is only 3.38 inches in diameter — for 4,000 GPH, that's very little hardware in the tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA fish guard and a Nero Guard are both included, protecting slow-swimming fish and curious invertebrates. At 4,000 GPH, that's not an optional accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eNero 7 Maintenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination recommends a \u003cstrong\u003efull disassembly and cleaning 4 to 6 times annually\u003c\/strong\u003e as preventative maintenance. The official video below walks through the complete teardown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/dFa6i3MEWmo\" title=\"How to Clean the Nero - AquaIllumination Disassembly and Cleaning\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat we see in the shop:\u003c\/strong\u003e frequency depends enormously on your tank. An aquarium growing a lot of algae clogs a pump fast — there, you'll be at it often. A clean, stable tank might do fine with twice a year. \u003cstrong\u003eThe real rule is to inspect.\u003c\/strong\u003e When a pump loses flow, nine times out of ten it's a scaled impeller — and on a big tank, a Nero 7 quietly running at 60% of its output gets paid for in nitrates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor soaking, \u003cstrong\u003ewe don't recommend vinegar\u003c\/strong\u003e — it's the old method, and over time it's hard on plastics and rubber. We stock \u003cstrong\u003eDelete by Akua Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: a descaler built for aquarium equipment that dissolves calcium without attacking the parts. You can even leave the pump running in the solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMax flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 4,000 GPH\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended aquariums:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80 to 500+ gallons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions (wet side):\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.42in. x 3.38in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.38in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMax glass thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.79in. (20mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePower consumption:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 40W @ 120VAC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDirectional adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eControl:\u003c\/strong\u003e MyAI, Mobius, MXM (Apex Fusion), single-button controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Random, Pulse, Constant, Schedule, Feed, All-Off\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Nero 7 Pump with Integrated Driver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Magnet Mounting System\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Fish Guard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Power Adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Nero Guard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Quick Start Guide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Mounting Hardware Set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eNero 3, 5, or 7?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination's recommended ranges:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNero 3:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 2,000 GPH — aquariums from \u003cstrong\u003e5 to 60 gallons\u003c\/strong\u003e — glass up to 0.5in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNero 5:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 3,000 GPH — aquariums from \u003cstrong\u003e40 to 100 gallons\u003c\/strong\u003e — glass up to 0.63in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNero 7:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 4,000 GPH — aquariums from \u003cstrong\u003e80 to 500+ gallons\u003c\/strong\u003e — glass up to 0.79in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBetween 80 and 100 gallons, the Nero 5 and Nero 7 overlap on volume. That's where glass thickness often settles it: bigger tanks have thicker glass, and the Nero 5 stops at 16mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthorized AquaIllumination dealer in Canada with technical support in French. We also carry Red Sea REEFER aquariums — send us your exact tank model and glass thickness, and we'll tell you which Nero fits. Shipping across Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplementary products:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/nero-5-submersible-pump\"\u003eAI Nero 5\u003c\/a\u003e — 3,000 GPH, glass up to 16mm: the natural second pump alongside a Nero 7, if your glass allows it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aqua-illumination-nero-3-wavemaker-1\"\u003eAI Nero 3\u003c\/a\u003e — 2,000 GPH, for targeting a specific dead spot in a large tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aquaillumination-orbit-4-cross-flow-pump\"\u003eAI Orbit 4\u003c\/a\u003e — 45W cross-flow pump, glass up to 20mm: a transverse sheet of flow that complements the Nero's point-source output\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/delete-tools-delete-16oz-450g\"\u003eDelete — Akua Design Descaler\u003c\/a\u003e — for the impeller soak at those 4 to 6 recommended annual cleanings: dissolves calcium without attacking plastics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eNero 5 or Nero 7 for a 120-gallon aquarium?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Nero 7. AquaIllumination rates the Nero 5 from 40 to 100 gallons and the Nero 7 from 80 to 500+ gallons: at 120 gallons you're outside the Nero 5's range. Second reason, often the decisive one: a 120-gallon tank has thick glass, and the Nero 5's magnetic mount stops at 0.63in. (16mm) against 0.79in. (20mm) for the Nero 7. Measure your glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Nero 7 compatible with a Red Sea REEFER aquarium?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea states that the glass on its REEFER G3 tanks reaches up to 19mm (0.75in.), varying by model. The Nero 7's official range goes to 20mm (0.79in.), so it covers even the thickest glass in that range — which neither the Nero 5 (16mm) nor the Nero 3 (13mm) does. Still, check the thickness on your specific model, or write to us: we carry REEFER tanks in the shop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan you run a Nero 7 and a Nero 5 together in the same tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Mobius and myAI apps handle multiple Nero pumps together regardless of model: alternate them or sync them. A Nero 7 and a Nero 5 in opposition create water movement that changes direction, which a single pump doesn't reproduce. Only constraint: make sure your glass doesn't exceed 16mm for the Nero 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow often should you clean a Nero 7 pump?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination recommends a full disassembly and cleaning 4 to 6 times a year. Our shop experience: it depends heavily on the tank. An aquarium growing a lot of algae clogs a pump quickly and needs more frequent attention; a clean, stable tank can go with two cleanings a year. Best practice is to inspect — a drop in flow is almost always a scaled impeller. For the soak, an aquarium descaler beats vinegar, which is hard on plastics long term.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Illumination","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42677701836971,"sku":"252160","price":510.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/Nero-7-Front-1000x1000__45048.jpg?v=1774211993"},{"product_id":"prime-eau-douce-blanc","title":"AI Prime 16HD Freshwater White 55W — Planted Aquarium LED with Moonlight - AquaIllumination","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eAI Prime 16HD Freshwater\u003c\/strong\u003e isn't a reef light with the spectrum toned down. It's a different fixture in the same housing, and AquaIllumination's LED list proves it: \u003cstrong\u003eten of its fifteen LEDs are white.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e55W, dedicated moonlight channel, Mobius app, white housing. AquaIllumination calls it perfect for your planted tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe Cluster — and Why It Matters\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination publishes the exact composition:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6\u003c\/strong\u003e Cool White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4\u003c\/strong\u003e Warm White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2\u003c\/strong\u003e Blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1\u003c\/strong\u003e Photo Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1\u003c\/strong\u003e Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1\u003c\/strong\u003e Moonlight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompare that to the Prime 16HD Reef: 4 Cool White, 4 Blue, 4 Royal Blue, 1 Photo Red, 1 Green, 1 Violet, 1 UV, plus 1 moonlight. Twelve of its sixteen LEDs are blues and cool whites.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Freshwater has \u003cstrong\u003etwo blues and no royal blue at all\u003c\/strong\u003e. No violet, no UV. Those are precisely the wavelengths coral zooxanthellae need — and they aren't there. That's a design choice, not a shortfall: freshwater plants work in a broad white spectrum, not deep blue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe 6 Cool \/ 4 Warm Mix\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the most interesting detail in the cluster. Six cool whites and four warm whites is what lets you shift your tank's color temperature without changing fixtures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMore cool: a crisp, clinical look, good for dense green plants. More warm: the reds in your fish and plants come forward and the tank reads more natural. The Photo Red and Green fill in — that's what avoids the blue-purple look of old \"plant\" fixtures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy the White Housing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo performance difference: same LEDs, same 55W, same optics, same price. It's aesthetics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhite disappears against a pale cabinet, a light wall, or a Scandinavian build, where a black housing reads as a blob. On a planted tank especially — where the fixture often hangs in full view over a carefully built aquascape — that matters more than people think.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne practical note:\u003c\/strong\u003e dust shows less on a white housing. That doesn't mean there's less of it — just that you won't see it. Go by your maintenance calendar, not your eyes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDedicated Moonlight Channel\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePer AquaIllumination, the dedicated moonlight channel simulates natural lunar color and intensity. It's a separate LED, not a hack with the blue channel at 5%.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWorth noting: the Prime Fuge doesn't have one. Of the three Primes, only the Reef and the Freshwater carry a moonlight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003e80° Optics\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Prime Freshwater ships with \u003cstrong\u003e80 degree\u003c\/strong\u003e lenses, custom designed, boasting over 90% optical efficiency, with a diffuse exit surface. AquaIllumination describes them as the best balance of power and spread.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eControl\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMobius:\u003c\/strong\u003e free iOS and Android app — 24-hour programming, per-channel control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emyAI:\u003c\/strong\u003e also compatible\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeptune Apex:\u003c\/strong\u003e through Apex Fusion with the MXM module\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFan Maintenance — True of Every LED Fixture\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis applies to \u003cstrong\u003eevery LED fixture\u003c\/strong\u003e, whatever the brand: they cool through a fan, and a fan working through dust makes the unit run hot. Heat is one of the big causes of failure in aquarium lighting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination documents this officially for Prime fixtures — the Freshwater shares the same housing as the Reef and the Fuge. Here's their official video:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/lSAh13Tk9pA\" title=\"AquaIllumination Prime Fan Cleaning Instructions - Official Tutorial\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOur advice from the shop:\u003c\/strong\u003e put it on your calendar, not in your memory — and on a white housing especially, because the dust won't warn you. Compressed air on the grill, two minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMounting — Sold Separately\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo mount is included.\u003c\/strong\u003e The box holds the fixture, the power adapter, and the quick start guide. The Freshwater uses all the Prime mounting hardware: Tank Mount, Hanging Kit, or Flex Arm in 12 and 18 inch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWorth noting: Prime mounts come in black and silver. If you're taking the white fixture for the look, think about your mount's color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePower consumption:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55W at full power\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLEDs:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 Cool White, 4 Warm White, 2 Blue, 1 Photo Red, 1 Green, 1 Moonlight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOptics:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80° lenses, over 90% optical efficiency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.88 x 4.88 x 1.34in. (12.4 x 12.4 x 3.4cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.95lbs. (0.43kg)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal input range:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 to 240VAC \/ 50-60Hz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCable length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20ft. (6.1m)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePSU regulatory compliance:\u003c\/strong\u003e UL, CE \u0026 RoHS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHousing color:\u003c\/strong\u003e white\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination doesn't publish a PAR value or a coverage area for the Prime Freshwater, unlike the Reef. We're not going to invent one: send us your tank's dimensions and depth and we'll tell you straight whether one Prime covers it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x AI Prime Freshwater\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Power Adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Quick Start Guide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e the mounting hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthorized AquaIllumination dealer in Canada with technical support in French. This model is a \u003cstrong\u003especial order\u003c\/strong\u003e — write us and we'll give you the exact lead time before you order. Shipping across Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplementary products:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/prime-eau-douce-noir\"\u003eAI Prime 16HD Freshwater Black\u003c\/a\u003e — the same fixture in a black housing, same price\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aqua-illumination-prime-flex-arm-mount-18\"\u003eAI Prime Flex Arm 18in.\u003c\/a\u003e — the gooseneck arm: 19in. flexible arm, for deep tanks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aqua-illumination-tank-mount-for-prime-led-lighting-system-black\"\u003eAI Prime Tank Mount Black\u003c\/a\u003e — the brushed aluminum ball-joint mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aqua-illumination-prime-16hd-reef-black\"\u003eAI Prime 16HD Reef Black\u003c\/a\u003e — the reef version: 59W, blue spectrum. Don't mix them up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs there a difference between the white and black Prime Freshwater?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNone, except the housing color. Same 15 LEDs, same 55W, same 80° lenses, same moonlight channel, same price. The choice is purely aesthetic: white disappears against a pale cabinet, black against a dark build.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan you use the AI Prime Freshwater on a reef tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Look at the LED list AquaIllumination publishes: the Freshwater has 2 Blue and that's it — no Royal Blue, no Violet, no UV. Those are precisely the wavelengths coral zooxanthellae need. For a coral tank, the Prime 16HD Reef is what you want.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's the difference between the Prime Freshwater and the Prime Reef?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpectrum and power. The Freshwater draws 55W with 15 LEDs, ten of them white (6 cool, 4 warm) and only 2 blue. The Reef draws 59W with 17 LEDs, eight of them blue (4 Blue, 4 Royal Blue) plus violet and UV. Same housing, same app, same mounts — two fixtures built for two different kinds of photosynthesis.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat PAR does the AI Prime Freshwater put out?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination doesn't publish a PAR value for the Prime Freshwater, unlike the Prime Reef. If you see a number circulating elsewhere, it didn't come from the manufacturer. Send us your planted tank's dimensions and depth and we'll tell you what makes sense.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the mount included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The box holds the fixture, the power adapter, and the guide. The Freshwater uses all the Prime hardware: Tank Mount, Hanging Kit, or Flex Arm in 12 or 18 inch. No Prime fixture ships with mounting hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Illumination","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43956985594027,"sku":"653341191229","price":375.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/aqua_illumination_prime_freshwater_white_jpg.webp?v=1774648085"},{"product_id":"hydra-edge-44hd","title":"Hydra Edge 44HD 95W — Reef LED Solar Ring 125 Peak PAR - AquaIllumination","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eHydra Edge 44HD\u003c\/strong\u003e from AquaIllumination is a 95W reef LED that pulls off something fixtures usually have to choose between: the punch of a point source and the even coverage of a panel. EdgeField optics spread light at 100 degrees for uniform PAR, while the Solar Ring at the center of the cluster delivers the shimmer and caustics normally reserved for narrow-optic fixtures. Everything runs from the free Mobius app.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat the PAR Numbers Actually Say\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination publishes a PAR map measured at 24in. height at 0.5in. resolution:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePeak PAR:\u003c\/strong\u003e 125\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePAR across a 24in. width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60 to 125\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the number that matters when you shop for a reef light. A peak of 125 at 24 inches of height puts the Hydra Edge 44HD squarely in LPS, soft coral, and less-demanding SPS territory — or SPS placed high in the rockwork. For tanks deeper than 30 inches, AquaIllumination recommends the 68HD over the 44HD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination states that both Edge models are designed to cover roughly 30 x 30 inches when mounted 9 inches or less above the water, with higher PAR through the central 24 x 24 inch section and light reaching out to 36 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSolar Ring — Shimmer You Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Solar Ring is a dedicated array of white and warm white LEDs positioned at the center of the cluster. It isn't cosmetic trim — it's an independent channel. You dial shimmer intensity separately from the rest of your spectrum, tuning the caustic effect exactly where you want it, from pronounced sparkle to steady illumination. AquaIllumination calls it the Caustic Engine. This effect historically belonged to narrow-optic fixtures, which paid for it in reduced coverage and hard shadows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eEdgeField 100° Optics\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEdgeField optics are custom designed and spread light at 100 degrees. The result is even PAR, clean color mixing, and light that wraps around high points in your aquascape instead of throwing shadows behind them. The specular exit surface produces natural shimmer rather than flat illumination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSolar Blue Spectrum\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSolar Blue is the spectrum AquaIllumination developed from over a decade of coral lighting work. It keeps the signature AI blue tones reef keepers know, while targeting the natural conditions of a reef. The simplest way to get there: set every channel to the same intensity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA dedicated moonlight channel simulates natural lunar color and intensity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHyperDrive\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHyperDrive technology transfers unused power from one LED channel to another. In practice: if you aren't running your whites at full, that power becomes available to your blues. You refine your spectrum without losing watts along the way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMobius and Apex Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMobius:\u003c\/strong\u003e free iOS and Android app — 24-hour programming, scenes, groups, and Solar Ring channel control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emyAI:\u003c\/strong\u003e also compatible\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeptune Apex:\u003c\/strong\u003e through Fusion with the MXM module. AquaIllumination lists the Hydra Edge 44HD among MXM-compatible devices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMounting — Sold Separately\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Hydra Edge 44HD includes no mount.\u003c\/strong\u003e AquaIllumination designed three options, chosen based on your setup:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRear Tilt Mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e attaches the Edge to the HMS Single Arm Kit on the tank rim, with angle adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTop Tilt Mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e secures the Edge to the HMS Rail — this is the option for running multiple fixtures in a line over a long tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanging Kit:\u003c\/strong\u003e cable suspension from the ceiling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCade and Jay from AquaIllumination walk through every mounting option in this official video — worth watching before you order your parts:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/H_ufpfczoHo\" title=\"Complete Hydra Edge LED Mounting Breakdown - AquaIllumination HMS Setup Guide\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe mounting system lets you tilt and aim the fixture to direct light where it's needed, minimize spill outside the tank, and cut glare from your viewing angle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFan Maintenance — ReefSolution's Advice\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination doesn't mention this in its product documentation, but it's what we see come through the shop: \u003cstrong\u003ea dusty fan makes the fixture run hot, and heat is one of the big causes of failure.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Hydra Edge cools through a fan and a custom heat sink — if the fan is working through dust, the whole system loses efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlow it out with compressed air now and then, or wipe it when dust builds up. Two minutes of maintenance that extends the life of the fixture. No vinegar or products here: this is dry dust, not calcium.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePower consumption:\u003c\/strong\u003e 95W from the wall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePAR:\u003c\/strong\u003e 125 peak, 60 to 125 across 24in. (measured at 24in. height)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100° (EdgeField optics)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11.25in. (28.6cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6in. (15.24cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.0625in. (2.7cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.7lbs. (1.2kg)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal input range:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 to 240VAC \/ 50-60Hz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCable length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14ft. 8in. (4.47m)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePSU regulatory compliance:\u003c\/strong\u003e UL, CE \u0026 RoHS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuild:\u003c\/strong\u003e engineered and assembled in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x AI Hydra Edge 44HD\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Power Adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Quick Start Guide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e the mounting hardware. See the mounting section above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003e44HD or 68HD?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe difference is intensity, not footprint. Both models target the same roughly 30 x 30 inch area. AquaIllumination's official numbers, measured at 24 inches of height:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHydra Edge 44HD:\u003c\/strong\u003e 95W — 125 peak PAR, 60 to 125 across 24in. — 11.25in. long\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHydra Edge 68HD:\u003c\/strong\u003e 135W — 180 peak PAR, 90 to 135 across 24in. — 15.25in. long\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination's rule is simple: past 30 inches of depth, go with the 68HD. Tank depth and the demands of your corals decide — not tank length.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOperation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination describes the Hydra Edge as running \"whisper-quiet,\" thanks to its fan and custom heat sink design. Actual noise depends on your setup and mounting height. The ultra-slim housing stays discreet above the tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthorized AquaIllumination dealer in Canada with technical support in French. Since mounting is sold separately, send us your tank dimensions and we'll tell you exactly which parts to order — it's the most common mistake on this line. Shipping across Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplementary products:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aquaillumination-hydra-edge-mounting-bracket-hms\"\u003eAquaIllumination Hydra Edge Mounting Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — the 44HD\/68HD bracket plus HMS Single Arm: this is what you need to mount the Edge on the tank rim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aquaillumination-hydra-edge-hanging-kit\"\u003eAquaIllumination Hydra Edge Hanging Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — the cable suspension option, if you'd rather not clamp anything to the tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/hydra-edge-68hd-reef-led-light\"\u003eHydra Edge 68HD\u003c\/a\u003e — the step up: 135W and 180 peak PAR, for tanks deeper than 30 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aqua-illumination-hydra-32-18-inch-flex-arm\"\u003eAI Hydra Flex Arm 18in.\u003c\/a\u003e — flexible gooseneck arm; a 44HD adapter is required to use it with the Edge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat PAR does the Hydra Edge 44HD put out, and is it enough for SPS?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination publishes a peak PAR of 125 and values from 60 to 125 across a 24-inch width, measured at 24 inches of height. That's comfortable for LPS, soft corals, and SPS placed high in the rockwork. For demanding SPS at the bottom of a deep tank, or any tank deeper than 30 inches, AquaIllumination recommends the Hydra Edge 68HD, which reaches a peak of 180.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the Hydra Edge 44HD come with a mount?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, and this is the question we field most often. The box holds the fixture, the power adapter, and the quick start guide — nothing else. For tank-rim mounting you need the Hydra Edge bracket and the HMS Single Arm Kit. For ceiling suspension, the Hydra Edge Hanging Kit. Write to us before ordering if you're unsure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do you maintain a Hydra Edge 44HD?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe thing we repeat most in the shop: keep the fan clean. The Hydra Edge cools through a fan and heat sink; a dusty fan makes the fixture run hot, and heat is a big cause of failure. A shot of compressed air now and then, or a wipe when dust builds up, and you're set. AquaIllumination doesn't specify a fan maintenance interval — it depends on your room environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the Solar Ring, exactly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's an array of white and warm white LEDs at the center of the cluster, wired to its own channel. It produces the shimmer and caustics — those moving reflections across the sand bed. Because it's an independent channel in Mobius, you adjust the effect without touching the rest of your spectrum. Previously, shimmer like this required narrow optics, which cost you coverage and created shadows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the Hydra Edge 44HD work with Neptune Apex?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It runs through Mobius (iOS and Android), and AquaIllumination lists it among devices compatible with Neptune Apex Fusion via the MXM module. The myAI app works as well.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Illumination","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44939929747627,"sku":"29097","price":567.95,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/255802-aquaillumination-hydraedge-68hd-bracket-set-adjustablemount-cv3_png.webp?v=1774640376"},{"product_id":"hydra-edge-68hd-reef-led-light","title":"Hydra Edge 68HD 135W — Reef LED Solar Ring 180 Peak PAR Deep Tanks - AquaIllumination","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eHydra Edge 68HD\u003c\/strong\u003e is the high-output model in AquaIllumination's Hydra Edge line: 135W, EdgeField optics at 100 degrees, the Solar Ring at the center of the cluster, and the Solar Blue spectrum. This is the Edge fixture for deep tanks and demanding SPS systems — where the 44HD runs short on penetration. Full control through the free Mobius app.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePAR, With the Official Numbers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination publishes a PAR map measured at 24in. height at 0.5in. resolution:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePeak PAR:\u003c\/strong\u003e 180\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePAR across a 24in. width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90 to 135\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat floor of 90 is the real difference from the 44HD. On the 44HD, PAR drops to 60 at the edges of the same 24-inch width. With the 68HD, corals sitting out toward the perimeter still get something to work with. That's what lets you keep SPS colored up somewhere other than the top of the rockwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination states that both Edge models are designed to cover roughly 30 x 30 inches when mounted 9 inches or less above the water, with higher PAR through the central 24 x 24 inch section and light reaching out to 36 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich Tank Is It For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination's rule fits in one sentence: \u003cstrong\u003epast 30 inches of depth, go with the 68HD.\u003c\/strong\u003e Tank depth and the demands of your corals decide — not tank length. For a long tank, you add fixtures rather than sizing up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 68HD also makes sense on a shallower SPS-dominant reef if you'd rather have headroom in intensity than run a 44HD flat out around the clock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSolar Ring — Shimmer You Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Solar Ring is a dedicated array of white and warm white LEDs at the center of the cluster, wired to its own channel. AquaIllumination calls it the Caustic Engine: it's what produces the shimmer and the moving caustics across your sand bed. Because it's an independent channel in Mobius, you dial the effect without touching the rest of your spectrum — from pronounced shimmer to steady light. This effect used to require narrow optics, which cost you coverage and created shadows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eEdgeField 100° Optics\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEdgeField optics are custom designed and spread light at 100 degrees. The result: even PAR, clean color mixing, and light that wraps around high points in the aquascape instead of throwing shadows behind them. The specular exit surface gives natural shimmer rather than flat illumination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSolar Blue Spectrum\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSolar Blue is the spectrum AquaIllumination developed from over a decade of coral lighting work. It keeps the signature AI blue tones reef keepers recognize while targeting the natural conditions of a reef. Simplest way to get there: every channel at the same intensity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA dedicated moonlight channel simulates natural lunar color and intensity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHyperDrive\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHyperDrive transfers unused power from one LED channel to another. If you aren't pushing your whites to full, that power becomes available to your blues. You refine the spectrum without losing watts along the way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMobius and Apex Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMobius:\u003c\/strong\u003e free iOS and Android app — 24-hour programming, scenes, groups, Solar Ring channel control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emyAI:\u003c\/strong\u003e also compatible\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeptune Apex:\u003c\/strong\u003e through Fusion with the MXM module. AquaIllumination lists the Hydra Edge 68HD among MXM-compatible devices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMounting — Sold Separately\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Hydra Edge 68HD includes no mount.\u003c\/strong\u003e AquaIllumination offers three options:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRear Tilt Mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e attaches the Edge to the HMS Single Arm Kit on the tank rim, with angle adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTop Tilt Mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e secures the Edge to the HMS Rail — the option for lining up multiple fixtures over a long tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanging Kit:\u003c\/strong\u003e cable suspension from the ceiling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCade and Jay from AquaIllumination walk through every mounting option in this official video:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/H_ufpfczoHo\" title=\"Complete Hydra Edge LED Mounting Breakdown - AquaIllumination HMS Setup Guide\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Hydra Flex Arm is not recommended for the 68HD\u003c\/strong\u003e — it's longer and heavier than the 44HD. Go with HMS or the hanging kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mounting system lets you tilt and aim the fixture to direct light where it's needed, minimize spill outside the tank, and cut glare.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFan Maintenance — ReefSolution's Advice\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination doesn't mention this in its product documentation, but it's what we see come through the shop: \u003cstrong\u003ea dusty fan makes the fixture run hot, and heat is one of the big causes of failure.\u003c\/strong\u003e It matters even more on the 68HD than on the 44HD: 135W to dissipate instead of 95 means more heat moving through the same style of fan and heat sink.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlow it out with compressed air now and then, or wipe it when dust builds up. Two minutes of maintenance that extends the life of a $1,000 fixture. No vinegar or products here: this is dry dust, not calcium.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePower consumption:\u003c\/strong\u003e 135W from the wall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePAR:\u003c\/strong\u003e 180 peak, 90 to 135 across 24in. (measured at 24in. height)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100° (EdgeField optics)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15.25in. (38.74cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6in. (15.24cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.0625in. (2.7cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.7lbs. (1.7kg)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal input range:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 to 240VAC \/ 50-60Hz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCable length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14ft. 8in. (4.47m)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePSU regulatory compliance:\u003c\/strong\u003e UL, CE \u0026 RoHS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuild:\u003c\/strong\u003e engineered and assembled in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x AI Hydra Edge 68HD\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Power Adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Quick Start Guide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e the mounting hardware. See the mounting section above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003e68HD or 44HD?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe difference is intensity, not footprint. Both target the same roughly 30 x 30 inch area. AquaIllumination's official numbers, measured at 24 inches of height:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHydra Edge 44HD:\u003c\/strong\u003e 95W — 125 peak PAR, 60 to 125 across 24in. — 11.25in. long — 2.7lbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHydra Edge 68HD:\u003c\/strong\u003e 135W — 180 peak PAR, 90 to 135 across 24in. — 15.25in. long — 3.7lbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLook at the floor, not just the peak: 90 versus 60 across the same width. That's what decides whether your perimeter corals thrive or just hang on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOperation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination describes the Hydra Edge as running \"whisper-quiet,\" thanks to its fan and custom heat sink design. Actual noise depends on your setup and mounting height. The ultra-slim housing stays discreet above the tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthorized AquaIllumination dealer in Canada with technical support in French. Since mounting is sold separately, send us your tank dimensions before ordering and we'll tell you exactly which parts you need. It's the most common mistake on this line. Shipping across Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplementary products:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aquaillumination-hydra-edge-mounting-bracket-hms\"\u003eAquaIllumination Hydra Edge Mounting Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — the 44HD\/68HD bracket plus HMS Single Arm: what you need to mount the Edge on the tank rim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aquaillumination-hydra-edge-hanging-kit\"\u003eAquaIllumination Hydra Edge Hanging Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — cable suspension, the other way to mount the 68HD\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/hydra-edge-44hd\"\u003eHydra Edge 44HD\u003c\/a\u003e — the model below: 95W and 125 peak PAR, for tanks 30 inches deep or less\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aquaillumination-hms-bracket-hydra-52-64\"\u003eAquaIllumination HMS Tank Mount\u003c\/a\u003e — the HMS system, the foundation of every rim mount in the AquaIllumination line\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose the Hydra Edge 68HD over the 44HD?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor intensity, not coverage — both light the same area. AquaIllumination's official numbers at 24 inches of height: the 68HD delivers 180 peak PAR and 90 to 135 across a 24-inch width, against 125 peak and 60 to 125 for the 44HD. AquaIllumination recommends the 68HD for tanks deeper than 30 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the Hydra Edge 68HD come with a mount?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The box holds the fixture, the power adapter, and the quick start guide. For tank-rim mounting you need the Hydra Edge bracket and the HMS Single Arm Kit — two separate pieces. For ceiling suspension, the Hydra Edge Hanging Kit. Write to us before ordering if you're unsure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do you maintain a Hydra Edge 68HD?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the fan clean. The Hydra Edge cools through a fan and heat sink, and the 68HD has 135W to dissipate. A dusty fan makes the fixture run hot, and heat is a big cause of failure. A shot of compressed air now and then, or a wipe when dust builds up. AquaIllumination doesn't specify a fan maintenance interval — it depends on your room environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Hydra Edge 68HD compatible with the Flex Arm?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The Hydra Flex Arm is not recommended for the 68HD: it's longer and heavier than the 44HD. Use the HMS Single Arm Kit with the Hydra Edge bracket, the HMS Rail, or the Hanging Kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the Hydra Edge 68HD work with Neptune Apex?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It runs through Mobius (iOS and Android), and AquaIllumination lists it among devices compatible with Neptune Apex Fusion via the MXM module. The myAI app works as well.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Illumination","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44942672068779,"sku":"255800","price":999.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/255802-aquaillumination-hydraedge-hd-bracket-set-adjustablemount-cv4_png.webp?v=1775440436"},{"product_id":"aquaillumination-hydra-edge-mounting-bracket-hms","title":"Hydra Edge Mounting Kit — C Bracket 44HD, 68HD and HMS Single Arm - AquaIllumination","description":"\u003cp\u003eMounting a Hydra Edge isn't like mounting an ordinary Hydra. Because of its edge mounts and pivoting capability, \u003cstrong\u003ethe Hydra Edge requires an adapter kit\u003c\/strong\u003e to attach to HMS hardware. This page carries the three parts you need.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination is clear about it: existing HMS mounts do work with the Hydra Edge, but you'll need the corresponding adapter kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/H_ufpfczoHo\" title=\"AquaIllumination Hydra Edge - Official Video\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich Part Do You Need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo decisions, in this order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1. Which fixture do you have?\u003c\/strong\u003e The bracket is size-specific — there's one for the 44HD and a different one for the 68HD. They aren't interchangeable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eC Bracket 44HD\u003c\/strong\u003e (HYDE44MK) — for Hydra Edge 44HD and 44HD Freshwater\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eC Bracket 68HD\u003c\/strong\u003e (HYDE68MK) — for Hydra Edge 68HD\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2. What are you mounting it to?\u003c\/strong\u003e The bracket is an adapter: it connects your Edge to the mount. So you also need the mount itself — the \u003cstrong\u003eHMS Single Arm Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e, for example, also available here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Each Bracket Kit Contains\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery adapter kit includes \u003cstrong\u003etwo C brackets\u003c\/strong\u003e, letting you pick your mounting method:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRear mounting bracket:\u003c\/strong\u003e attaches to the HMS Single Arm Kit, enabling precise angle adjustments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTop mounting bracket:\u003c\/strong\u003e secures to the HMS Single Arm Kit or HMS Rail, for flexible positioning that minimizes light spill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou use one or the other depending on your setup — both are in the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003e⚠️ One Adapter Per Fixture\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination states it plainly: \u003cstrong\u003eone adapter kit is needed per Hydra Edge\u003c\/strong\u003e. If you're mounting two Edges on one rail, you need two adapters. This is the most common ordering mistake on this line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003e⚠️ The Flex Arm and the 68HD\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn important point AquaIllumination's official mounting guide confirms: \u003cstrong\u003ethe Hydra Flex Arm doesn't suit the Hydra Edge 68HD.\u003c\/strong\u003e AI describes the Flex Arm as the simplest mount for the Edge \u003cem\u003e44HD\u003c\/em\u003e — the 68HD isn't among its Flex Arm options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you have a 68HD, your options are HMS (with the 68HD bracket), a multi-light rail, or the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aquaillumination-hydra-edge-hanging-kit\"\u003eEdge Hanging Kit\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHMS Single Arm Kit — Rimless Only\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HMS Single Arm Kit (HMSSA) is the mounting arm for a single fixture. Per AquaIllumination, it's designed \u003cstrong\u003efor rimless tanks only\u003c\/strong\u003e, with glass up to \u003cstrong\u003e1.2in. (3cm)\u003c\/strong\u003e thick.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf your tank has a rim, this mount isn't for you — write us and we'll look at the other options together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReminder: the HMS Single Arm \u003cstrong\u003edoes not include\u003c\/strong\u003e the Edge adapter bracket. You need both.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe Other Mounting Routes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePer AquaIllumination's official guide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne fixture, rimless tank:\u003c\/strong\u003e HMS Single Arm Kit + adapter bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMultiple fixtures:\u003c\/strong\u003e HMS 2 Arm Kit + HMS Rail (24, 36, 48, 60 or 72in.) + rail brackets + one adapter per fixture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMulti-light suspension:\u003c\/strong\u003e HMS Hanging Kit + HMS Rail + one adapter per fixture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSingle-light suspension:\u003c\/strong\u003e the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aquaillumination-hydra-edge-hanging-kit\"\u003eEdge Hanging Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — all included, no adapter required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHybrid with Blades:\u003c\/strong\u003e HMS Hanging Kit + rail + adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eC Bracket 44HD:\u003c\/strong\u003e part HYDE44MK — top bracket and rear bracket included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eC Bracket 68HD:\u003c\/strong\u003e part HYDE68MK — top bracket and rear bracket included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHMS Single Arm Kit:\u003c\/strong\u003e part HMSSA — rimless only, glass up to 1.2in. (3cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLight not included\u003c\/strong\u003e on any variant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthorized AquaIllumination dealer in Canada with technical support in French. Hydra Edge mounting is where most people order the wrong part — tell us your Edge model, how many you're mounting, and whether your tank is rimless, and we'll give you the exact parts list. Shipping across Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplementary products:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/hydra-edge-44hd\"\u003eHydra Edge 44HD\u003c\/a\u003e — the 95W fixture: take the 44HD bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/hydra-edge-68hd-reef-led-light\"\u003eHydra Edge 68HD\u003c\/a\u003e — the 135W fixture: take the 68HD bracket, and note the Flex Arm isn't an option\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aquaillumination-hydra-edge-hanging-kit\"\u003eEdge Hanging Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — the all-included suspension: no adapter required, the only option complete in one box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aqua-illumination-prime-16hd-reef-black\"\u003eAI Prime 16HD Reef\u003c\/a\u003e — note: the Prime has its own hardware, nothing here fits it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need an adapter bracket to mount my Hydra Edge?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, if you're using HMS hardware. AquaIllumination confirms existing HMS mounts work with the Hydra Edge, but because of the Edge's edge mounts and pivoting capability you need the size-appropriate adapter kit. The one exception is the Edge Hanging Kit, where everything is already included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the 44HD bracket work with a Hydra Edge 68HD?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The adapter kits are size-specific: HYDE44MK for the 44HD (and the 44HD Freshwater), HYDE68MK for the 68HD. Check your model before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the Hydra Flex Arm work with a Hydra Edge 68HD?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. AquaIllumination's official mounting guide doesn't list the Flex Arm as an option for the 68HD — AI describes it as the simplest mount for the Edge 44HD only. For a 68HD, go with HMS plus the 68HD bracket, a multi-light rail, or the Edge Hanging Kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many adapters do I need for two Hydra Edge fixtures?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo. AquaIllumination specifies that one adapter kit is needed per Hydra Edge. A multi-light rail lets you mount several fixtures, but each one needs its own adapter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the HMS Single Arm Kit work on a rimmed tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. AquaIllumination specifies this kit is for rimless tanks only, with glass up to 1.2in. (3cm) thick. If your tank has a rim, write us and we'll look at the other configurations together.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Illumination","offers":[{"title":"44HD C Bracket","offer_id":46345469067435,"sku":"AI-HYDE44MK","price":70.95,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"68HD C-Bracket","offer_id":46345469100203,"sku":"AI-HYDE68MK","price":70.95,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"HMS Single Arm Kit","offer_id":46345472278699,"sku":"AI-HMSSA","price":132.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/255802-aquaillumination-hydraedge-68hd-bracket-set-adjustablemount-cv3_png.webp?v=1774640376"},{"product_id":"aquaillumination-orbit-2-pompe-cross-flow","title":"Orbit 2 — Gyre 25W Bluetooth Reef Cross-Flow Pump - AquaIllumination","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eAI Orbit 2\u003c\/strong\u003e doesn't do the same job as an ordinary powerhead. Instead of firing a jet in one direction, it makes \u003cstrong\u003ethe whole water mass rotate\u003c\/strong\u003e around the tank. AquaIllumination describes this cross-flow current as simulating the tidal flow experienced on ocean reefs, and an excellent mechanism for lifting excess nutrients from the bottom of the aquarium for removal by filtration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e25W max, for tanks from \u003cstrong\u003e20 to 88+ gallons\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/dwEFGKvALng\" title=\"AquaIllumination Orbit Cross-Flow Pump - Official Video\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCross-Flow vs Directional Flow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA Nero pushes water in a straight line: powerful, precise, you aim it where you want. An Orbit does something else — it sets the water mass spinning. The result is a current that circles the tank instead of hitting the back wall and bouncing back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat's useful for two reasons. First, circular flow reaches the dead spots a direct jet misses — corners, behind the rockwork. Second, it keeps detritus in suspension instead of letting it settle into the sand, which sends it to your filtration rather than leaving it to break down in the tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe 4 Modes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConstant Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e a constant stream of flow at the intensity of your choosing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePulse:\u003c\/strong\u003e uniform high and low levels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRandom:\u003c\/strong\u003e simulates a high-energy reef environment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReverse:\u003c\/strong\u003e reverse the flow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eReverse Mode — What Most People Miss\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination devotes a whole section to it, and it's probably the Orbit's most underused function. According to the manufacturer, reverse operation does three things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAugments your custom flow patterns and programs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCreates turbulent flow, which helps remove detritus\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLets \u003cstrong\u003emultiple pumps run in opposite directions\u003c\/strong\u003e to augment gyre or circular flow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat last point is the game-changer on a big tank: two Orbits spinning against each other create a rotation nothing else reproduces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eEcosystem of Flow — Orbit + Nero\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination is explicit about this: it's not one type of flow that makes a reef thrive. The manufacturer writes that combining the Orbit with the directional and random flow patterns of the Nero line achieves a true recreation of ocean flow — \u003cem\u003epowerful, directional, systematic, and chaotic\u003c\/em\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn practice: the Orbit spins the water mass, the Nero hits the specific spots where your SPS want more. Both program in the same app.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eControl\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMobius:\u003c\/strong\u003e free iOS and Android app\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emyAI:\u003c\/strong\u003e also compatible\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeptune Apex:\u003c\/strong\u003e through Apex Fusion with the MXM module\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe driver is integrated into the pump — no separate box to find room for under the tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum glass thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.59in. (15mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended tank size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 to 88+ gallons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePower consumption:\u003c\/strong\u003e variable, 25W max\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInput:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100–240VAC, 50-60Hz, 2A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.78in. (223mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.83in. (71.9mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDepth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5in. (38.1mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCheck your glass thickness.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 15mm max is a limit of the magnet mount, not a suggestion — past that, it won't hold. If your tank has thicker glass, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aquaillumination-orbit-4-cross-flow-pump\"\u003eOrbit 4\u003c\/a\u003e is what you need: it goes to 20mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination doesn't publish a GPH flow rate for the Orbit pumps. We're not going to invent one: send us your tank dimensions and we'll tell you straight whether one Orbit 2 covers it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x AI Orbit 2 Pump with Integrated Driver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Mounting Magnet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Power Adapter with Universal Plug Adapter Set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Quick Start Guide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthorized AquaIllumination dealer in Canada with technical support in French. Flow is the most misunderstood question in reefkeeping — describe your tank and what you keep in it, and we'll tell you what pump combination makes sense. Shipping across Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplementary products:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aquaillumination-orbit-4-cross-flow-pump\"\u003eAI Orbit 4\u003c\/a\u003e — the big sister: 45W, glass up to 20mm, tanks from 50 to 120+ gallons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/nero-5-submersible-pump\"\u003eAI Nero 5\u003c\/a\u003e — the directional pump to pair it with: this is exactly the combination AquaIllumination recommends\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aqua-illumination-nero-7-wavemaker\"\u003eAI Nero 7\u003c\/a\u003e — the most powerful directional, for big tanks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aqua-illumination-nero-3-wavemaker-1\"\u003eAI Nero 3\u003c\/a\u003e — the compact directional, same Mobius app\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's the difference between an Orbit and a Nero?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe type of flow. The Nero is directional: it pushes water in a straight line, wherever you aim it. The Orbit is cross-flow: it spins the water mass around the tank. AquaIllumination recommends combining both — the manufacturer writes that pairing the Orbit's cross-flow with the directional and random patterns of the Nero line achieves a true recreation of ocean flow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Orbit 2 right for my aquarium?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination recommends the Orbit 2 for tanks from 20 to 88+ gallons, with glass up to 0.59in. (15mm). Beyond that, move to the Orbit 4 (50 to 120+ gallons, glass up to 20mm). Check your glass thickness before ordering: that's the magnet mount's limit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the Orbit's Reverse mode for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAccording to AquaIllumination, three things: augmenting your custom flow patterns, creating turbulent flow that helps remove detritus, and running multiple pumps in opposite directions to augment the gyre. It's the line's most underused function.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat GPH does the Orbit 2 put out?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination doesn't publish a flow rate for its Orbit pumps, unlike the Nero line. If you see a number circulating elsewhere, it didn't come from the manufacturer. What AI does publish is the recommendation by tank size: 20 to 88+ gallons for the Orbit 2.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Illumination","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46341727977643,"sku":"AI-ORBIT","price":425.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/Orbit-Gyre--1000x1000__88633.jpg?v=1774213405"},{"product_id":"aquaillumination-orbit-4-cross-flow-pump","title":"Orbit 4 — Gyre 45W Cross-Flow Pump 20mm Glass Bluetooth - AquaIllumination","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eAI Orbit 4\u003c\/strong\u003e is the high-power version of the Orbit line. Same idea as the Orbit 2 — it spins the whole water mass instead of firing a jet — but with 45W and a 12.1in. profile. AquaIllumination recommends it for tanks from \u003cstrong\u003e50 to 120+ gallons\u003c\/strong\u003e, with glass up to \u003cstrong\u003e20mm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/dwEFGKvALng\" title=\"AquaIllumination Orbit Cross-Flow Pump - Official Video\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe 20mm Glass Rating Is Where It Counts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the real difference between the two Orbits, and it matters far more than the wattage. The Orbit 2 stops at 15mm: that's its magnet's limit. Move to a thick-glass tank and it simply won't hold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Orbit 4 goes to \u003cstrong\u003e0.79in. (20mm)\u003c\/strong\u003e. That's what makes it usable on the big thick-glass tanks the Orbit 2 can't touch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCheck your exact tank model.\u003c\/strong\u003e At Red Sea for instance, the REEFER G3 line uses glass up to 0.75in. (19mm) depending on the model — within the Orbit 4's limit, but thickness varies by size. Measure, or send us your model and we'll check it with you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCross-Flow vs Directional Flow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA Nero pushes water in a straight line: powerful, precise, you aim it where you want. An Orbit sets the water mass spinning. AquaIllumination describes this cross-flow current as simulating the tidal flow experienced on ocean reefs, and an excellent mechanism for lifting excess nutrients from the bottom of the aquarium for removal by filtration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn a large tank, that's the difference between clean sand and a bottom that packs detritus into the corners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe 4 Modes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConstant Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e a constant stream of flow at the intensity of your choosing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePulse:\u003c\/strong\u003e uniform high and low levels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRandom:\u003c\/strong\u003e simulates a high-energy reef environment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReverse:\u003c\/strong\u003e reverse the flow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eReverse Mode — and the Two-Pump Trick\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination devotes a whole section to it. According to the manufacturer, reverse operation does three things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAugments your custom flow patterns and programs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCreates turbulent flow, which helps remove detritus\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLets \u003cstrong\u003emultiple pumps run in opposite directions\u003c\/strong\u003e to augment gyre or circular flow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat last point aims squarely at tanks the Orbit 4's size. Two Orbit 4s at either end of a 120-gallon, spinning against each other, create a whole-tank rotation one pump can't reproduce no matter how strong it is.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eEcosystem of Flow — Orbit + Nero\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination is explicit: it's not one type of flow that makes a reef thrive. The manufacturer writes that combining the Orbit with the directional and random flow patterns of the Nero line achieves a true recreation of ocean flow — \u003cem\u003epowerful, directional, systematic, and chaotic\u003c\/em\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn a tank the Orbit 4's size, the classic combination is one Orbit 4 for whole-tank rotation and a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aqua-illumination-nero-7-wavemaker\"\u003eNero 7\u003c\/a\u003e to hit the SPS zones. Both in the same app.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eControl\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMobius:\u003c\/strong\u003e free iOS and Android app\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emyAI:\u003c\/strong\u003e also compatible\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeptune Apex:\u003c\/strong\u003e through Apex Fusion with the MXM module\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe driver is integrated into the pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum glass thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.79in. (20mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended tank size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 to 120+ gallons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePower consumption:\u003c\/strong\u003e variable, 45W max\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInput:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100–240VAC, 50-60Hz, 2A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12.1in. (307.3mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.15in. (80mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDepth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.69in. (42.9mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNote the depth: 1.69in. Despite its width, the Orbit 4 barely intrudes into the tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination doesn't publish a GPH flow rate for the Orbit pumps. We're not going to invent one: send us your tank dimensions and we'll tell you straight what makes sense.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x AI Orbit 4 Pump with Integrated Driver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Mounting Magnet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Power Adapter with Universal Plug Adapter Set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Quick Start Guide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthorized AquaIllumination dealer in Canada with technical support in French. Flow is the most misunderstood question in reefkeeping — describe your tank and what you keep in it, and we'll tell you what pump combination makes sense. Shipping across Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplementary products:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aquaillumination-orbit-2-pompe-cross-flow\"\u003eAI Orbit 2\u003c\/a\u003e — the little sister: 25W, glass up to 15mm, tanks from 20 to 88+ gallons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aqua-illumination-nero-7-wavemaker\"\u003eAI Nero 7\u003c\/a\u003e — the directional to pair with on a big tank: this is the combination AquaIllumination recommends\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/nero-5-submersible-pump\"\u003eAI Nero 5\u003c\/a\u003e — the mid-range directional, same Mobius app\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aqua-illumination-nero-3-wavemaker-1\"\u003eAI Nero 3\u003c\/a\u003e — the compact one, to fill in flow in a specific zone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's the difference between the Orbit 2 and the Orbit 4?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree things. Orbit 2: 25W, glass up to 15mm, tanks 20 to 88+ gallons, 8.78in. wide. Orbit 4: 45W, glass up to 20mm, tanks 50 to 120+ gallons, 12.1in. wide. Glass thickness is often the deciding factor: if your tank is over 15mm, the Orbit 2 won't hold, whatever the volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Orbit 4 compatible with Red Sea Reefer aquariums?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Orbit 4 handles glass up to 0.79in. (20mm). At Red Sea, the REEFER G3 line uses glass up to 0.75in. (19mm) depending on the model — so within the Orbit 4's limit. But thickness varies by size: check your exact model, or write us and we'll do it with you. The Orbit 4 is also MXM compatible for control through Neptune Apex.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Orbit 4 right for a 40-gallon tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination recommends the Orbit 4 for tanks from 50 to 120+ gallons. Below that, the Orbit 2 (20 to 88+ gallons) is the right call. A 45W pump in too small a tank, even at minimum, lifts the sand and stresses corals instead of feeding them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould you pair the Orbit 4 with a Nero pump?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination recommends it. The manufacturer writes that combining the Orbit's cross-flow with the directional and random patterns of the Nero line achieves a true recreation of ocean flow — powerful, directional, systematic, and chaotic. The Orbit spins the water mass, the Nero hits the specific spots.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Illumination","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46341743575211,"sku":"AI-ORBIT4","price":499.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/Orbit-Gyre--1000x1000__51933.jpg?v=1774215303"},{"product_id":"ai-axis-pompe-centrifuge-retour-dc-aqua-illumination","title":"AI Axis 20\/40\/90 — DC Centrifugal Return Pump Anti Back-Siphon Mobius - AquaIllumination","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eAI Axis\u003c\/strong\u003e pumps are submersible DC-motor return pumps, available in three sizes. AquaIllumination bills them as \"big pump features in pumps of all sizes\": full control, wireless smart device programming, quiet DC motor operation, and output calibration — features that have traditionally been reserved for considerably larger and more expensive pumps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe driver is integrated into the pump, and the body is smaller than a soda can.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/l3o8g8BZDtI\" title=\"AquaIllumination Axis Centrifugal Pump - Official Video\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBack-Siphon Prevention — the Feature Nobody Explains\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHere's the classic return pump problem. When it shuts off — to feed, for maintenance, for a power cut — water in your display siphons back down the return line and empties into the sump. Two consequences: your sump can overflow, and on restart the pump pushes the accumulated air column into the tank as bubbles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination's solution is elegant. The manufacturer puts it this way: \u003cstrong\u003ewith calibration set, instead of powering off, the pump will continue to run without producing flow\u003c\/strong\u003e. It holds the water column in place instead of letting it drain back. No siphon, no overflow, no bubbles on restart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat's the \"big pump feature\" in the slogan: something you'd normally only find on industrial-grade pumps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe 3 Modes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSchedule:\u003c\/strong\u003e create a custom program with changing flow over time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeed:\u003c\/strong\u003e temporarily reduces flow to prevent food from being cycled into the overflow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCalibrate:\u003c\/strong\u003e calibrate your pump to your aquarium — set min and max flow levels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnother useful detail: according to AquaIllumination, the control button on a single pump turns \u003cstrong\u003eall your AI pumps\u003c\/strong\u003e on or off at once. One press before feeding, and the whole system goes into Feed mode.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePicking a Size — and the Max Head Trap\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe advertised flow rate isn't what you'll get. A return pump loses flow as it lifts water: that's \u003cstrong\u003eMax Head\u003c\/strong\u003e, the highest it can push. At its maximum height, flow drops to zero.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure the vertical distance from your sump water level to where the water enters the display, then leave yourself margin. An Axis 20 that has to climb 4 feet won't give you 185 GPH.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\u003cth\u003eFlow Rate\u003c\/th\u003e\u003cth\u003eMax Head\u003c\/th\u003e\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\u003cth\u003eRecommended Tank\u003c\/th\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAxis 20\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eup to 185 GPH (700 lph)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eup to 5 ft. (1.5 m)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12W max\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eup to 15 gallons\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAxis 40\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eup to 400 GPH (1500 lph)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eup to 9 ft. (2.8 m)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e20W max\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eup to 40 gallons\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAxis 90\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eup to 925 GPH (3500 lph)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eup to 10 ft. (3 m)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e40W max\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eup to 90 gallons\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eNozzles Included — Two per Pump\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery Axis ships with two barbed output nozzles in different diameters. Check that one of them matches your plumbing before ordering:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAxis 20:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.5in. (12mm) and 0.625in. (16mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAxis 40:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.625in. (16mm) and 0.75in. (20mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAxis 90:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.75in. (20mm) and 1in. (25mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eControl\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMobius:\u003c\/strong\u003e free iOS and Android app\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emyAI:\u003c\/strong\u003e also compatible\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeptune Apex:\u003c\/strong\u003e through Apex Fusion with the MXM module\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's the same app as your Prime fixtures and Nero pumps — all your AI gear in one interface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAxis 20\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 2.125in. (54mm) · Height: 5.5in. (139.7mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInput: 100–240VAC, 50-60Hz, 1A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAxis 40\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 2.44in. (62mm) · Height: 6.625in. (168.2mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInput: 100–240VAC, 50-60Hz, 1A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAxis 90\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 2.91in. (74mm) · Height: 7.75in. (196.85mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInput: 100–240VAC, 50-60Hz, 1A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll three are submersible DC-motor pumps with an integrated driver.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x AI Axis Pump with Integrated Driver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x Barbed output nozzles (two diameters)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Power Adapter with Universal Plug Adapter Set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Quick Start Guide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthorized AquaIllumination dealer in Canada with technical support in French. Choosing a return pump comes down to head height, not just flow — give us the distance between your sump and your display and we'll tell you which model to take. Shipping across Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplementary products:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aquaillumination-orbit-2-pompe-cross-flow\"\u003eAI Orbit 2\u003c\/a\u003e — in-tank cross-flow: the Axis handles return, the Orbit spins the water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/nero-5-submersible-pump\"\u003eAI Nero 5\u003c\/a\u003e — the directional powerhead, same Mobius app\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aqua-illumination-nero-3-wavemaker-1\"\u003eAI Nero 3\u003c\/a\u003e — the compact directional, for nanos and AIOs like the Axis 20\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aquaillumination-orbit-4-cross-flow-pump\"\u003eAI Orbit 4\u003c\/a\u003e — high-power cross-flow, to pair with an Axis 90 on a big system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Axis pump size should I choose for my reef tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaIllumination recommends the Axis 20 for tanks up to 15 gallons (AIO and nano), the Axis 40 up to 40 gallons, and the Axis 90 up to 90 gallons. But check Max Head too: 5 ft. for the Axis 20, 9 ft. for the Axis 40, 10 ft. for the Axis 90. If your sump sits well below your display, height decides, not volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the Axis prevent back-siphon?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAccording to AquaIllumination, with calibration set the pump doesn't power off: it keeps running without producing flow. That stops water from draining back down the return line, which avoids both a sump overflow and air bubbles on restart. It's a feature usually reserved for far more expensive pumps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's the difference between an Axis and a Nero?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo completely different jobs. The Axis is a centrifugal return pump: it lives in your sump and lifts water back to the display. The Nero is a powerhead: it lives in the tank and moves water around. A reef system with a sump needs both.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the Axis pump need to be fully submerged?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Axis pumps are submersible — they run underwater in your sump's return chamber. Factor in the model's height to make sure your water level covers it: 5.5in. for the Axis 20, 6.625in. for the Axis 40, 7.75in. for the Axis 90.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat output nozzle comes with the Axis?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo barbed nozzles are included with every pump. Axis 20: 0.5in. (12mm) and 0.625in. (16mm). Axis 40: 0.625in. (16mm) and 0.75in. (20mm). Axis 90: 0.75in. (20mm) and 1in. (25mm). Check that one of them matches your return plumbing.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Illumination","offers":[{"title":"Axis 20","offer_id":46345204400299,"sku":"AXIS20","price":141.95,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Axis 40","offer_id":46345204433067,"sku":"AXIS40","price":184.95,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Axis 90","offer_id":46345204465835,"sku":"AXIS90","price":240.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/ai-axis-all-centrifugal-water-pump_jpg.png?v=1774294254"}],"url":"https:\/\/reefsolution.com\/en\/collections\/map-products.oembed?page=3","provider":"Reef Solution","version":"1.0","type":"link"}